1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
8 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
9 <mark@codesourcery.com>
10 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
11 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
13 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
15 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
16 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
17 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
18 (at your option) any later version.
20 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
21 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
22 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
23 GNU General Public License for more details.
25 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
26 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
27 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
28 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
31 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
36 #include "libiberty.h"
38 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
40 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
42 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
44 #include "coff/symconst.h"
45 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
46 #include "coff/mips.h"
50 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
51 There are three types of entry:
53 (1) absolute addresses
55 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
56 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
57 (3) SYMBOL addresses, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
58 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
60 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
61 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
62 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
63 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
64 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
65 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
67 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
68 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
69 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
70 arbitrary in this case.
72 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
73 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
74 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
77 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
78 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
79 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
80 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
81 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
82 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
85 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
87 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
88 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
92 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
95 that should be added to the symbol value. */
97 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
98 corresponding to symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
99 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
100 otherwise it is in the global area. */
101 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
104 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
105 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
106 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
107 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
108 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
109 unsigned char tls_type;
111 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
112 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
113 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
117 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
118 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
120 struct mips_got_page_range
122 struct mips_got_page_range *next;
123 bfd_signed_vma min_addend;
124 bfd_signed_vma max_addend;
127 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
128 relocations against a given symbol. */
129 struct mips_got_page_entry
131 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
133 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info. */
135 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
136 struct mips_got_page_range *ranges;
137 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
141 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
145 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
147 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
148 /* The number of global .got entries. */
149 unsigned int global_gotno;
150 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
151 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
152 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
153 unsigned int tls_gotno;
154 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
155 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
156 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
157 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
158 unsigned int local_gotno;
159 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
160 unsigned int page_gotno;
161 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
162 unsigned int assigned_gotno;
163 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
164 struct htab *got_entries;
165 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
166 struct htab *got_page_entries;
167 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
168 unless multi-got was necessary. */
169 struct htab *bfd2got;
170 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
171 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
172 struct mips_got_info *next;
173 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
174 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
175 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
176 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
177 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset;
180 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
182 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
185 struct mips_got_info *g;
188 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
189 create and merge bfd's gots. */
191 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
193 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
195 /* The output bfd. */
197 /* The link information. */
198 struct bfd_link_info *info;
199 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
200 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
202 struct mips_got_info *primary;
203 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
205 struct mips_got_info *current;
206 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
208 unsigned int max_count;
209 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
210 unsigned int max_pages;
211 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
212 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
213 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
215 unsigned int global_count;
218 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
220 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
222 struct mips_got_info *g;
224 unsigned int needed_relocs;
225 struct bfd_link_info *info;
228 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
229 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
231 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
233 struct bfd_link_info *info;
237 struct _mips_elf_section_data
239 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
246 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
247 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
249 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
250 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
251 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
252 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
254 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
255 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
256 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
257 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
258 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
259 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
261 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
262 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
263 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
264 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
265 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
268 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
269 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
270 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
272 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
275 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
276 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
279 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
281 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
285 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
287 to a separate trampoline section.
289 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
290 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
291 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
292 struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
293 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
294 asection *stub_section;
296 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
299 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
300 in H->root.root.u.def. */
301 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
304 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
306 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
307 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
308 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
309 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_1(VAL) (0x41b9) /* lui t9,VAL */
310 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_2(VAL) (VAL)
311 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS_1(VAL) (0xd400 | (((VAL) >> 17) & 0x3ff)) /* j VAL */
312 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS_2(VAL) ((VAL) >> 1)
313 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_1(VAL) (0x3339) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
314 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_2(VAL) (VAL)
316 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
317 the dynamic symbols. */
319 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
321 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
323 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
324 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
325 symbol with a GOT entry. */
326 long min_got_dynindx;
327 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
328 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
329 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
330 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
331 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
332 symbol without a GOT entry. */
333 long max_non_got_dynindx;
336 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
337 the global hash table. */
339 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
341 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
343 /* External symbol information. */
346 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
347 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
349 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
351 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
353 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
354 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
357 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
358 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
361 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
362 being called returns a floating point value. */
363 asection *call_fp_stub;
367 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
369 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
370 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
371 unsigned char tls_type;
373 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
374 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
375 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
376 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
377 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
378 overloaded already. */
379 bfd_vma tls_got_offset;
381 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
382 unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
384 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
385 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
386 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
387 unsigned int got_only_for_calls : 1;
389 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
390 is against a readonly section. */
391 unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
393 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
394 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
395 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
396 unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
398 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
399 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
400 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
401 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
402 unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
404 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
405 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
406 unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
408 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
409 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
410 la25 stub is required. */
411 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
413 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
414 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
415 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
424 /* We no longer use this. */
425 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
426 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
429 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
430 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
432 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
433 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
435 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
436 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
437 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
439 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
440 struct elf_link_hash_entry *rld_symbol;
442 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
443 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
445 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
446 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
448 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
449 bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
451 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
452 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
454 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
465 /* The master GOT information. */
466 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
468 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
469 bfd_vma plt_header_size;
471 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
472 bfd_vma plt_entry_size;
474 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
475 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
477 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
478 bfd_vma function_stub_size;
480 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
481 unsigned int reserved_gotno;
483 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
484 See the comment above that structure for details. */
485 asection *strampoline;
487 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
491 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
492 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
493 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
494 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
496 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
498 asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
501 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
503 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
504 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
505 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
507 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
508 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
510 /* The usual link-wide information. */
511 struct bfd_link_info *info;
514 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
518 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
519 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
520 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
521 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
522 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
523 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
524 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
525 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
526 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
527 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
528 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
529 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
530 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
531 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
532 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
533 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
534 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
535 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
536 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
537 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
538 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
540 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
545 struct bfd_link_info *info;
546 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
547 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
551 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
553 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
556 "_procedure_string_table",
557 "_procedure_table_size",
561 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
566 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
567 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
568 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
569 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
570 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
571 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
580 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
581 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
582 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
586 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
587 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
588 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
589 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
590 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
591 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
596 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
597 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
598 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
599 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
600 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
608 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
614 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
616 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
618 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
619 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
620 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
621 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
622 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
623 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
624 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
625 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
627 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
628 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
629 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
630 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
631 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
633 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
634 has different meaning for each type:
637 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
638 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
639 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
640 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
643 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
644 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
645 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
646 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
648 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
649 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
650 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
651 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
653 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
654 loader for use by the static exception system. */
656 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
657 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
658 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
659 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
660 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
661 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
662 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
663 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
664 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
665 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
667 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
669 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
670 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
672 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
673 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
674 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
675 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
676 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
677 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
679 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
680 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
681 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
682 bfd_vma *, asection *);
683 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
685 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
686 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
687 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
688 (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
690 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
691 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
693 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
694 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
695 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
696 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
697 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
699 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
700 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
701 for RM9000 for now. */
702 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
703 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
705 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
706 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
708 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
710 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
711 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
713 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
715 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
716 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
717 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
719 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
720 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
721 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
723 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
724 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
725 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
727 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
728 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
730 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
731 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
732 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
734 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
735 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
736 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
738 /* The name of the options section. */
739 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
740 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
742 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
743 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
744 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
745 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
747 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
748 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
749 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
750 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
752 /* The name of the stub section. */
753 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
755 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
756 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
757 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
759 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
760 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
761 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
763 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
764 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
765 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
767 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
768 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
769 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
771 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
772 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
773 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
775 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
776 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
777 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
779 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
780 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
781 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
783 /* Get word-sized data. */
784 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
785 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
787 /* Put out word-sized data. */
788 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
790 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
791 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
793 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
794 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
795 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
797 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
798 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
799 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
801 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
802 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
804 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
805 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
806 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
808 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
809 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
810 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
811 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
813 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
814 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
816 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
817 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
819 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
820 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
821 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
823 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
825 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
827 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
828 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
830 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
831 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
832 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
834 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
835 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
836 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
837 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
838 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
839 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
840 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
842 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
843 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
845 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
846 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
848 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
851 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
852 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
853 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
854 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
857 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
858 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
859 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
860 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
861 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
862 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
863 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
864 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
866 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
867 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
869 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
871 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
872 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
875 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
876 floating point arguments.
878 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
879 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
880 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
881 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
882 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
883 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
884 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
885 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
887 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
888 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
889 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
890 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
891 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
892 stub should be discarded.
894 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
895 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
896 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
897 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
898 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
899 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
900 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
903 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
904 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
905 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
907 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
909 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
910 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
911 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
913 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
914 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
915 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
917 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
918 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
920 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
921 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
922 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
923 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
924 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
925 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
926 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
927 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
930 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
931 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
932 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
934 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
935 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
936 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
937 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
938 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
939 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
940 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
941 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
944 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
945 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
946 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
948 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
949 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
950 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
951 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
952 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
953 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
954 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
955 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
958 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
959 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
961 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
962 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
963 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
964 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
967 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
968 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
970 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
971 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
972 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
973 0x00000000, /* nop */
974 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
978 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
979 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
981 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
982 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
983 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
984 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
985 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
986 0x00000000, /* nop */
987 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
991 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
992 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
994 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
995 0x00000000, /* nop */
996 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
997 0x00000000, /* nop */
998 0x00000000, /* nop */
1002 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1003 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
1005 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1006 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1009 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1011 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1012 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1013 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1016 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1018 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1019 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1021 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1024 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1025 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1027 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1028 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1031 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1033 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1034 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1036 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
1040 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1042 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1043 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1045 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
1048 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1050 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1051 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1052 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
1054 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
1055 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1057 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1060 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
1062 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1064 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1065 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
1066 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
1070 /* Set local fields. */
1071 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
1072 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1073 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1076 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
1077 ret->fn_stub = NULL;
1078 ret->call_stub = NULL;
1079 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
1080 ret->tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
1081 ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
1082 ret->got_only_for_calls = TRUE;
1083 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
1084 ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
1085 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
1086 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
1087 ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
1088 ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
1091 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1095 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1097 if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
1099 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
1100 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
1102 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1105 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
1108 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
1111 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1112 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1115 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
1116 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1119 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1122 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1123 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
1125 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
1126 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
1129 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
1130 swap->external_hdr_size))
1133 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1134 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
1136 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1138 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1139 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1140 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1143 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1144 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1145 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1146 goto error_return; \
1147 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1148 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1149 goto error_return; \
1152 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1153 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
1154 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
1155 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
1156 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
1157 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
1159 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1160 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1161 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
1162 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
1163 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
1171 if (ext_hdr != NULL)
1173 if (debug->line != NULL)
1175 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
1176 free (debug->external_dnr);
1177 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
1178 free (debug->external_pdr);
1179 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
1180 free (debug->external_sym);
1181 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
1182 free (debug->external_opt);
1183 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
1184 free (debug->external_aux);
1185 if (debug->ss != NULL)
1187 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
1188 free (debug->ssext);
1189 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
1190 free (debug->external_fdr);
1191 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
1192 free (debug->external_rfd);
1193 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
1194 free (debug->external_ext);
1198 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1201 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
1203 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
1204 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
1205 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
1206 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
1207 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
1208 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
1210 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
1211 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
1213 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
1216 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1219 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
1220 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
1221 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1223 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1224 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1226 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
1228 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
1229 struct sym_ext *esym;
1233 bfd_size_type count;
1234 unsigned long sindex;
1238 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
1246 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1248 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1249 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1252 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
1254 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1258 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
1261 size = sizeof (RPDR);
1262 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1266 size = sizeof (char *);
1267 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1271 count = hdr->isymMax;
1272 size = swap->external_sym_size;
1273 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1277 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
1280 count = hdr->issMax;
1281 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
1284 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
1287 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1288 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
1290 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
1291 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
1292 rp->adr = sym.value;
1293 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
1294 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
1295 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
1296 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
1297 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
1298 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
1299 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
1301 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
1302 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1306 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
1307 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
1308 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
1311 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
1315 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
1318 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
1320 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
1321 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
1322 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1323 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1325 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
1326 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
1327 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1329 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
1331 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1333 s->contents = rtproc;
1335 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1336 matters, but someday it might). */
1337 s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
1366 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1367 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1370 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1371 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1372 const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
1375 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1376 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1379 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other))
1382 /* Create a new symbol. */
1383 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1385 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1386 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1390 /* Make it a local function. */
1391 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1392 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
1394 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1398 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1399 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1403 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1404 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1407 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1408 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1413 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1414 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1415 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
1416 s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1417 value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
1419 /* Create a new symbol. */
1420 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1422 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1423 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1427 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1428 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1429 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
1430 elfh->other = h->root.other;
1431 elfh->size = h->root.size;
1432 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1436 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1437 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1440 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
1444 name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
1445 return (FN_STUB_P (name)
1446 || CALL_STUB_P (name)
1447 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
1448 || strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
1451 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1452 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1453 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1455 static unsigned long
1456 mips16_stub_symndx (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1457 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
1458 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
1460 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
1462 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any. */
1463 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
1464 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
1465 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
1467 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1468 the traditional behavior. */
1469 if (relocs < relend)
1470 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
1475 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1479 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1480 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1482 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1483 objects try to call them. */
1484 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1485 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
1487 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
1488 h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
1491 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1492 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1494 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1495 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1496 being included in the link. */
1497 h->fn_stub->size = 0;
1498 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1499 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1500 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1503 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1504 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1506 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1507 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1508 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1509 h->call_stub->size = 0;
1510 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1511 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1512 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1515 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1516 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1518 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1519 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1520 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1521 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
1522 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1523 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1524 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1528 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1531 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
1533 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
1535 entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
1536 return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
1537 + entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1541 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
1543 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
1545 entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
1546 entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
1547 return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
1548 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
1549 && (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
1550 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
1553 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1554 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1558 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1559 asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
1562 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1564 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1568 htab->add_stub_section = fn;
1569 htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
1570 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
1571 if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
1577 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1578 that it might need $25 to be valid on entry. Note that MIPS16
1579 functions never need $25 to be valid on entry; they set up $gp
1580 using PC-relative instructions instead. */
1583 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1585 return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1586 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1587 && h->root.def_regular
1588 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
1589 && !ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
1590 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
1591 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
1594 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1595 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1596 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1599 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1600 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1602 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1604 asection *s, *input_section;
1607 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1611 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1612 name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1615 sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
1617 /* Create the section. */
1618 input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1619 s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
1620 input_section->output_section);
1624 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1625 align = input_section->alignment_power;
1626 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
1629 s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
1631 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1632 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
1633 stub->stub_section = s;
1634 stub->offset = s->size;
1636 /* Allocate room for it. */
1641 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1642 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1643 the function symbol to it. */
1646 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1647 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1649 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1652 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1656 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1657 s = htab->strampoline;
1660 asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1661 s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
1662 input_section->output_section);
1663 if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
1665 htab->strampoline = s;
1668 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1669 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
1670 stub->stub_section = s;
1671 stub->offset = s->size;
1673 /* Allocate room for it. */
1678 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1679 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1682 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1683 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1685 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1686 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
1687 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
1692 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1693 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1694 s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1695 value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
1696 use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
1698 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1699 search.stub_section = NULL;
1703 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1704 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1708 slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
1712 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
1715 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1716 h->la25_stub = stub;
1720 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1721 stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
1727 h->la25_stub = stub;
1728 return (use_trampoline_p
1729 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
1730 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
1733 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1734 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1737 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1739 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
1741 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
1742 if (!hti->info->relocatable)
1743 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
1745 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
1747 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1748 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1749 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section))
1752 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1753 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1754 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1755 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1757 if (hti->info->relocatable)
1759 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
1760 h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
1762 else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
1771 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1772 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1775 The format of these instructions is:
1777 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1778 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1779 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1781 +-----------------------------------------------+
1783 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1784 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1786 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1787 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1788 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1789 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1790 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1791 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1792 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1793 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1794 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1795 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1798 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1799 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1800 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1801 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1802 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1803 value as two 16-bit values.
1805 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1809 +--------+----------------------+
1813 +--------+----------------------+
1816 +----------+------+-------------+
1820 +----------+--------------------+
1821 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1822 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1824 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1825 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1826 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1827 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1828 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1830 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
1831 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
1832 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
1835 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
1836 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
1837 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
1838 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
1839 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
1841 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1843 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1844 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1845 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1846 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1847 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1849 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1852 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
1853 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1854 little-endian system. */
1856 static inline bfd_boolean
1857 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1862 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
1863 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
1864 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
1874 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
1876 static inline bfd_boolean
1877 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1879 return r_type >= R_MICROMIPS_min && r_type < R_MICROMIPS_max;
1882 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
1883 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1884 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
1886 static inline bfd_boolean
1887 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type)
1889 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
1890 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1891 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
1894 static inline bfd_boolean
1895 got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1897 return (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
1898 || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16
1899 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16);
1902 static inline bfd_boolean
1903 call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1905 return (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16
1906 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16
1907 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL16);
1910 static inline bfd_boolean
1911 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1913 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP;
1916 static inline bfd_boolean
1917 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1919 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE;
1922 static inline bfd_boolean
1923 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1925 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST;
1928 static inline bfd_boolean
1929 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1931 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16;
1934 static inline bfd_boolean
1935 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1937 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16;
1940 static inline bfd_boolean
1941 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1943 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16;
1946 static inline bfd_boolean
1947 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1949 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16;
1952 static inline bfd_boolean
1953 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1955 return (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
1956 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
1957 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16);
1960 static inline bfd_boolean
1961 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1963 return (r_type == R_MIPS_LO16
1964 || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16
1965 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16);
1968 static inline bfd_boolean
1969 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
1971 return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
1974 static inline bfd_boolean
1975 jal_reloc_p (int r_type)
1977 return (r_type == R_MIPS_26
1978 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26
1979 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1);
1982 static inline bfd_boolean
1983 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
1985 return (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
1986 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
1987 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
1988 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
1991 static inline bfd_boolean
1992 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1994 return r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD;
1997 static inline bfd_boolean
1998 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2000 return r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM;
2003 static inline bfd_boolean
2004 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2006 return r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL;
2010 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2011 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2013 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2015 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2018 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2019 first = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
2020 second = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
2021 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2022 val = first << 16 | second;
2023 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2024 val = (((first & 0xf800) << 16) | ((second & 0xffe0) << 11)
2025 | ((first & 0x1f) << 11) | (first & 0x7e0) | (second & 0x1f));
2027 val = (((first & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first & 0x3e0) << 11)
2028 | ((first & 0x1f) << 21) | second);
2029 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
2033 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2034 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2036 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2038 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2041 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
2042 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2044 second = val & 0xffff;
2047 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2049 second = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
2050 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
2054 second = val & 0xffff;
2055 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
2056 | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
2058 bfd_put_16 (abfd, second, data + 2);
2059 bfd_put_16 (abfd, first, data);
2062 bfd_reloc_status_type
2063 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
2064 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
2065 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
2069 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2071 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
2074 relocation = symbol->value;
2076 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2077 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
2079 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2080 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2082 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2083 val = reloc_entry->addend;
2085 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
2087 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2088 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2089 an external symbol. */
2091 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2092 val += relocation - gp;
2094 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2096 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2098 + reloc_entry->address);
2099 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2103 reloc_entry->addend = val;
2106 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2108 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2111 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2112 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2113 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2118 struct mips_hi16 *next;
2120 asection *input_section;
2124 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2126 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
2128 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2129 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2130 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2132 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2133 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2134 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2135 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2137 bfd_reloc_status_type
2138 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2139 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
2140 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2141 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2143 struct mips_hi16 *n;
2145 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2146 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2148 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
2150 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2152 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
2154 n->input_section = input_section;
2155 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
2158 if (output_bfd != NULL)
2159 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2161 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2164 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2165 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2166 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2168 bfd_reloc_status_type
2169 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2170 void *data, asection *input_section,
2171 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2173 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
2174 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
2175 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
2176 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2177 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2178 input_section, output_bfd,
2181 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2182 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
2185 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2186 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2187 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2189 bfd_reloc_status_type
2190 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2191 void *data, asection *input_section,
2192 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2195 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2197 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2198 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2200 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2202 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
2203 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2206 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
2208 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
2209 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
2211 hi = mips_hi16_list;
2213 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2214 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2215 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2216 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2217 has a rightshift of 0. */
2218 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
2219 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2220 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
2221 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
2222 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16)
2223 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MICROMIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2225 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2226 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2227 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2229 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
2230 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
2232 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
2235 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
2239 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2240 input_section, output_bfd,
2244 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2245 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2246 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2248 bfd_reloc_status_type
2249 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2250 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2251 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2252 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2255 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2256 bfd_boolean relocatable;
2258 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
2260 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2261 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2263 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2265 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2267 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2268 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2269 offset or address. */
2270 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2271 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
2276 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2277 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2278 val += symbol->value;
2279 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
2281 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
2282 val -= input_section->output_offset;
2283 val -= reloc_entry->address;
2287 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2288 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2289 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2290 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2291 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2292 reloc_entry->addend += val;
2295 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2297 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2298 val += reloc_entry->addend;
2300 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2301 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2303 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2305 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2308 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2313 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2315 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2318 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2319 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2322 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
2325 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2326 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2330 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
2331 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
2333 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2334 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2338 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
2339 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
2341 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
2342 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
2343 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
2344 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
2345 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
2346 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
2350 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
2351 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
2355 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
2356 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
2357 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
2358 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
2359 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
2360 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
2361 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
2364 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2365 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2366 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2369 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
2372 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2373 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2374 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2375 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2376 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2377 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2381 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
2382 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
2384 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2385 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2386 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2387 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2388 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2389 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2392 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2393 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2394 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2395 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2396 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2399 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
2400 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
2402 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2403 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
2404 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2405 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2406 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2407 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2408 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2412 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
2413 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
2415 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2416 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
2417 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2418 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2419 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2420 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2421 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2424 /* Swap in an options header. */
2427 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
2428 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
2430 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
2431 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
2432 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
2433 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
2436 /* Swap out an options header. */
2439 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
2440 Elf_External_Options *ex)
2442 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
2443 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
2444 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
2445 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
2448 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2449 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2452 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
2454 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
2455 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
2458 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
2459 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
2461 diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
2465 if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
2467 if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
2472 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2475 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2476 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2479 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
2480 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
2482 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2483 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
2484 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2485 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
2487 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2489 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2492 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2494 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2503 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2504 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2505 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2506 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2507 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2508 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2509 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2510 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2511 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2512 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2513 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2514 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2515 when generating a final executable. */
2518 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2520 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
2522 asection *sec, *output_section;
2524 if (h->root.indx == -2)
2526 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
2527 || h->root.ref_dynamic
2528 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
2529 && !h->root.def_regular
2530 && !h->root.ref_regular)
2532 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
2533 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
2534 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
2535 h->root.root.root.string,
2536 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
2544 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
2547 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
2548 h->esym.weakext = 0;
2549 h->esym.reserved = 0;
2550 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
2551 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2552 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
2554 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
2555 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2559 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2561 name = h->root.root.root.string;
2562 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
2563 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
2565 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2566 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2567 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2569 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
2571 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2572 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2573 h->esym.asym.value =
2574 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
2576 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
2578 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2579 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2580 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
2583 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2585 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
2586 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2587 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2592 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2593 output_section = sec->output_section;
2595 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2596 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2597 if (output_section == NULL)
2598 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2601 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
2603 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
2604 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
2605 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
2606 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2607 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
2608 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
2609 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
2610 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
2611 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
2612 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
2613 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2614 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
2615 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2616 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
2617 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
2618 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
2619 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
2621 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2625 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
2626 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
2629 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
2630 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
2631 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2632 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2634 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
2635 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2636 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
2637 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2639 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2640 output_section = sec->output_section;
2641 if (output_section != NULL)
2642 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
2643 + sec->output_offset
2644 + output_section->vma);
2646 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2650 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
2652 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2653 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
2655 if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
2657 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2658 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
2659 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
2661 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2664 output_section = sec->output_section;
2665 if (output_section != NULL)
2666 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
2667 + sec->output_offset
2668 + output_section->vma);
2670 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2675 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
2676 h->root.root.root.string,
2679 einfo->failed = TRUE;
2686 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2689 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
2691 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
2692 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
2694 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
2697 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2699 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2702 static INLINE hashval_t
2703 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
2706 return addr + (addr >> 32);
2712 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
2713 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
2717 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2719 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
2721 return entry->symndx
2722 + ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) << 17)
2723 + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
2725 + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
2726 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
2730 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2732 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2733 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2735 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
2736 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2739 return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2740 && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2741 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
2742 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
2745 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
2746 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
2747 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
2751 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2753 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
2755 return entry->symndx
2757 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
2758 : entry->symndx >= 0
2759 ? ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2760 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM << 17)
2762 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)))
2763 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
2767 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2769 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2770 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2772 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2773 if (e1->tls_type & e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2776 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2777 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2780 return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2781 && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
2782 : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
2783 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2784 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
2788 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2790 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
2792 entry = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry_;
2793 return entry->abfd->id + entry->symndx;
2797 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
2799 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry1, *entry2;
2801 entry1 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry1_;
2802 entry2 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry2_;
2803 return entry1->abfd == entry2->abfd && entry1->symndx == entry2->symndx;
2806 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2807 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2808 if creation fails. */
2811 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
2817 dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
2818 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2819 sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname);
2820 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
2822 sreloc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
2827 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2830 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
2831 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
2837 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2838 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2842 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
2843 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2847 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
2848 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
2850 if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
2851 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
2854 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
2856 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2857 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2863 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2870 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
2873 if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) && info->shared)
2879 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2880 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2883 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1, void *arg2)
2885 struct mips_got_entry *entry = * (struct mips_got_entry **) arg1;
2886 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2888 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx != -1)
2889 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type, NULL);
2894 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2895 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2898 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1, void *arg2)
2900 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
2901 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
2902 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2904 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2906 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
2912 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2913 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2916 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1, void *arg2)
2918 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
2919 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
2920 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2922 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_type, &hm->root);
2927 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2930 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
2932 unsigned long reloc_index,
2937 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
2939 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
2941 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
2942 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
2944 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
2946 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
2947 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
2949 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
2952 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2953 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
2955 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
2958 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
2961 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_offset,
2962 unsigned char *tls_type_p,
2963 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2964 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2967 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2969 asection *sreloc, *sgot;
2970 bfd_vma offset, offset2;
2971 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
2973 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
2982 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
2984 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root)
2985 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
2986 indx = h->root.dynindx;
2989 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_DONE)
2992 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
2994 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
2995 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2998 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
2999 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3000 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3001 BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
3002 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
3004 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3005 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3007 /* General Dynamic. */
3008 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_GD)
3010 offset = got_offset;
3011 offset2 = offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3015 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3016 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3017 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3018 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
3021 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3022 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3023 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
3024 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset2);
3026 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3027 sgot->contents + offset2);
3031 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3032 sgot->contents + offset);
3033 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3034 sgot->contents + offset2);
3037 got_offset += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3040 /* Initial Exec model. */
3041 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_IE)
3043 offset = got_offset;
3048 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
3049 sgot->contents + offset);
3051 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3052 sgot->contents + offset);
3054 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3055 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3056 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
3057 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
3060 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
3061 sgot->contents + offset);
3064 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_LDM)
3066 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3067 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3068 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3069 sgot->contents + got_offset
3070 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3073 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3074 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3076 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3077 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3078 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3079 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3082 *tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE;
3085 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
3086 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
3087 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
3088 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
3091 mips_tls_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_index, unsigned char *tls_type,
3092 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3093 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol)
3095 BFD_ASSERT (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type)
3096 || tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type)
3097 || tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type));
3099 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, got_index, tls_type, info, h, symbol);
3101 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type))
3103 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE);
3104 if (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
3105 return got_index + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3110 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type))
3112 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD);
3116 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3118 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM);
3125 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3126 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3127 will be negative. */
3130 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3131 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3133 bfd_vma plt_index, got_address, got_value;
3134 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3136 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3137 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3139 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
3141 /* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
3142 section starts with reserved entries. */
3143 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
3145 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
3146 plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size;
3148 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3149 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
3150 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3153 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3154 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3155 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3156 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3158 return got_address - got_value;
3161 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3162 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3163 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3164 offset can be found. */
3167 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3168 bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
3169 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3171 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3172 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3174 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3175 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3177 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
3178 r_symndx, h, r_type);
3182 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3184 if (entry->symndx == -1 && htab->got_info->next == NULL)
3185 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3186 hash table entry to track the index. */
3187 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_got_offset, &h->tls_type,
3188 r_type, info, h, value);
3190 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, entry->gotidx, &entry->tls_type,
3191 r_type, info, h, value);
3194 return entry->gotidx;
3197 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
3200 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3201 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3203 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3205 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
3206 long global_got_dynindx = 0;
3208 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3209 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3211 gg = g = htab->got_info;
3212 if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
3214 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
3216 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
3218 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
3219 if (g->next != gg || TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3223 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
3226 p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
3228 BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
3230 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3232 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3233 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3234 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3235 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3236 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3237 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3238 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3240 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, p->gotidx, &p->tls_type, r_type,
3241 info, e.d.h, value);
3248 if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
3249 global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
3251 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3253 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
3254 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3255 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3257 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3258 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3259 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3260 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3261 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3262 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3264 got_index = mips_tls_got_index (abfd, hm->tls_got_offset, &hm->tls_type,
3265 r_type, info, hm, value);
3269 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3270 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3271 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
3273 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
3274 got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
3275 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3277 BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->sgot->size);
3282 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3283 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3284 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3285 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3286 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3289 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3290 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
3292 bfd_vma page, got_index;
3293 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3295 page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
3296 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
3297 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3302 got_index = entry->gotidx;
3305 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
3310 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3311 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3312 symbol that binds locally. */
3315 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3316 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
3318 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3320 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3321 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3322 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3323 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3325 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
3327 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3328 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3329 same in all cases. */
3330 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
3331 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
3333 return entry->gotidx;
3338 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3342 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
3343 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index)
3345 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3349 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3350 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3353 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
3354 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
3356 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp;
3359 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3360 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3361 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3364 static struct mips_got_entry *
3365 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3366 bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
3367 unsigned long r_symndx,
3368 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3371 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3372 struct mips_got_info *g;
3373 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3375 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3376 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3380 entry.d.address = value;
3383 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, ibfd);
3386 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, abfd);
3387 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3390 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3392 BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3393 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3395 struct mips_got_entry *p;
3398 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3400 entry.tls_type = GOT_TLS_LDM;
3406 entry.symndx = r_symndx;
3412 p = (struct mips_got_entry *)
3413 htab_find (g->got_entries, &entry);
3419 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
3424 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
3427 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3432 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3434 if (g->assigned_gotno > g->local_gotno)
3436 (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
3437 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3438 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3439 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3440 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3444 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
3445 (htab->sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
3447 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3448 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3450 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3453 bfd_vma got_address;
3455 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3456 got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma
3457 + htab->sgot->output_offset
3460 rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
3461 outrel.r_offset = got_address;
3462 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
3463 outrel.r_addend = value;
3464 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc);
3470 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3471 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3472 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3473 the current linking stage. */
3475 static bfd_size_type
3476 count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3478 bfd_size_type count;
3481 if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
3484 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3486 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
3487 for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
3488 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3489 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3490 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
3496 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3497 appear towards the end. */
3500 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3502 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3503 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
3504 struct mips_got_info *g;
3506 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0)
3509 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3510 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3517 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3518 = hsd.min_got_dynindx
3519 = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
3520 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
3521 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
3522 elf_hash_table (info)),
3523 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
3526 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3527 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3528 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
3529 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3530 == elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
3531 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx
3532 == g->global_gotno);
3534 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3535 table index in the GOT. */
3536 g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
3541 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3542 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3546 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3548 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
3550 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3552 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
3555 switch (h->global_got_area)
3558 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
3562 BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
3564 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
3565 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3568 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
3569 BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
3571 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
3572 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3573 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
3580 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
3581 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
3582 posterity. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3583 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3586 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3587 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3588 bfd_boolean for_call,
3589 unsigned char tls_flag)
3591 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3592 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
3593 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3594 struct mips_got_info *g;
3596 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3597 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3599 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3601 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
3603 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3605 if (h->dynindx == -1)
3607 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
3611 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
3614 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3618 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
3620 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3624 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3627 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
3630 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
3631 need to do it again. */
3634 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3638 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3644 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3646 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3649 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
3654 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
3655 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
3658 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
3659 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3660 unsigned char tls_flag)
3662 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3663 struct mips_got_info *g;
3664 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3666 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3667 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3670 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3673 entry.symndx = symndx;
3674 entry.d.addend = addend;
3675 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3676 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
3677 htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
3681 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD))
3684 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3686 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
3689 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3697 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3698 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE)
3700 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD)
3702 else if (g->tls_ldm_offset == MINUS_ONE)
3704 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_TWO;
3710 entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
3714 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3719 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3724 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
3727 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
3729 return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
3732 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
3733 that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
3735 This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
3736 required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
3737 global symbols across multiple input files. */
3740 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3741 long symndx, bfd_signed_vma addend)
3743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3744 struct mips_got_info *g;
3745 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
3746 struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
3747 bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
3750 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3751 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3754 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3756 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
3758 lookup.symndx = symndx;
3759 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
3763 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
3765 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *loc;
3768 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3773 entry->symndx = symndx;
3774 entry->ranges = NULL;
3775 entry->num_pages = 0;
3779 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
3781 range_ptr = &entry->ranges;
3782 while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff)
3783 range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next;
3785 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
3786 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
3787 a new singleton range. */
3789 if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff)
3791 range = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*range));
3795 range->next = *range_ptr;
3796 range->min_addend = addend;
3797 range->max_addend = addend;
3805 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
3806 old_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
3808 /* Update the ranges. */
3809 if (addend < range->min_addend)
3810 range->min_addend = addend;
3811 else if (addend > range->max_addend)
3813 if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff)
3815 old_pages += mips_elf_pages_for_range (range->next);
3816 range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend;
3817 range->next = range->next->next;
3820 range->max_addend = addend;
3823 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
3824 new_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
3825 if (old_pages != new_pages)
3827 entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
3828 g->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
3834 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
3837 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3841 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3843 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3844 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3846 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3847 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3849 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3850 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
3855 /* Make room for a null element. */
3856 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3859 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3863 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Set boolean *DATA to true
3864 if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol. */
3867 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
3869 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3870 bfd_boolean *must_recreate;
3872 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
3873 must_recreate = (bfd_boolean *) data;
3874 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
3876 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3879 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3880 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3882 *must_recreate = TRUE;
3889 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add all entries to
3890 hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
3891 symbols into entries for the target symbol. Set *DATA to null
3895 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
3898 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3901 new_got = (htab_t *) data;
3902 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
3903 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
3905 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3908 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3909 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3911 BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3912 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3916 slot = htab_find_slot (*new_got, entry, INSERT);
3929 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
3930 replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
3933 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
3935 bfd_boolean must_recreate;
3938 must_recreate = FALSE;
3939 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &must_recreate);
3942 new_got = htab_create (htab_size (g->got_entries),
3943 mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
3944 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
3945 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &new_got);
3946 if (new_got == NULL)
3949 /* Each entry in g->got_entries has either been copied to new_got
3950 or freed. Now delete the hash table itself. */
3951 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
3952 g->got_entries = new_got;
3957 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points
3958 to the link_info structure. Count the number of type (3) entries
3959 in the master GOT. */
3962 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3964 struct bfd_link_info *info;
3965 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3966 struct mips_got_info *g;
3968 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
3969 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3971 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
3973 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
3974 local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
3975 case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
3976 Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
3977 live in the local GOT.
3979 Note that the former condition does not always imply the
3980 latter: symbols do not bind locally if they are completely
3981 undefined. We'll report undefined symbols later if appropriate. */
3982 if (h->root.dynindx == -1
3983 || (h->got_only_for_calls
3984 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
3985 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
3987 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
3988 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
3989 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
3990 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
3992 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
3994 else if (htab->is_vxworks
3995 && h->got_only_for_calls
3996 && h->root.plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
3997 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
3998 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
3999 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4000 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4004 if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4005 g->reloc_only_gotno++;
4011 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
4014 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
4016 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
4017 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
4019 return entry->bfd->id;
4022 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
4025 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
4027 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
4028 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
4029 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
4030 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
4032 return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
4035 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
4036 be the master GOT data. */
4038 static struct mips_got_info *
4039 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4041 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
4047 p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
4048 return p ? p->g : NULL;
4051 /* Use BFD2GOT to find ABFD's got entry, creating one if none exists.
4052 Return NULL if an error occured. */
4054 static struct mips_got_info *
4055 mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (struct htab *bfd2got, bfd *output_bfd,
4058 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
4059 struct mips_got_info *g;
4062 bfdgot_entry.bfd = input_bfd;
4063 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
4064 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *) *bfdgotp;
4068 bfdgot = ((struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)
4069 bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash)));
4075 g = ((struct mips_got_info *)
4076 bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info)));
4080 bfdgot->bfd = input_bfd;
4083 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
4084 g->global_gotno = 0;
4085 g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4088 g->assigned_gotno = -1;
4090 g->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
4091 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4092 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
4093 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4094 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
4097 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4098 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
4099 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
4109 /* A htab_traverse callback for the entries in the master got.
4110 Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
4111 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
4115 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
4117 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4118 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
4119 struct mips_got_info *g;
4121 g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
4128 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4129 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4130 if (*entryp != NULL)
4135 if (entry->tls_type)
4137 if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
4139 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
4142 else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE)
4150 /* A htab_traverse callback for the page entries in the master got.
4151 Associate each page entry with the bfd's got. */
4154 mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
4156 struct mips_got_page_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *entryp;
4157 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *) p;
4158 struct mips_got_info *g;
4160 g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
4167 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4168 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, entry, INSERT);
4169 if (*entryp != NULL)
4173 g->page_gotno += entry->num_pages;
4177 /* Consider merging the got described by BFD2GOT with TO, using the
4178 information given by ARG. Return -1 if this would lead to overflow,
4179 1 if they were merged successfully, and 0 if a merge failed due to
4180 lack of memory. (These values are chosen so that nonnegative return
4181 values can be returned by a htab_traverse callback.) */
4184 mips_elf_merge_got_with (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got,
4185 struct mips_got_info *to,
4186 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4188 struct mips_got_info *from = bfd2got->g;
4189 unsigned int estimate;
4191 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4192 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4193 if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno)
4194 estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno;
4196 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4198 estimate += from->local_gotno + to->local_gotno;
4199 estimate += from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno;
4201 /* If we're merging with the primary got, we will always have
4202 the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4203 conservatively as well. */
4204 if (to == arg->primary)
4205 estimate += arg->global_count;
4207 estimate += from->global_gotno + to->global_gotno;
4209 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4210 if (estimate > arg->max_count)
4213 /* Commit to the merge. Record that TO is now the bfd for this got. */
4216 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4217 htab_traverse (from->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, arg);
4218 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
4221 htab_traverse (from->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd, arg);
4222 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
4225 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
4226 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
4228 htab_delete (from->got_entries);
4229 htab_delete (from->got_page_entries);
4233 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
4234 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4235 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4236 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4237 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4238 and then make make the new got current. */
4241 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p)
4243 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
4244 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
4245 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
4246 struct mips_got_info *g;
4247 unsigned int estimate;
4252 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4253 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4254 if (estimate > g->page_gotno)
4255 estimate = g->page_gotno;
4256 estimate += g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4258 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4259 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4260 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4261 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4262 estimate += (g->tls_gotno > 0 ? arg->global_count : g->global_gotno);
4264 if (estimate <= arg->max_count)
4266 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4267 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4270 arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
4274 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4275 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->primary, arg);
4280 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4283 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->current, arg);
4288 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4289 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4290 overflows anyway. */
4291 g->next = arg->current;
4297 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
4298 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
4301 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *p)
4303 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4304 struct mips_got_info *g = p;
4306 unsigned char tls_type;
4308 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4309 if (entry->tls_type == 0)
4312 next_index = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry->abfd) * (long) g->tls_assigned_gotno;
4314 if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL)
4316 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
4317 hash table entry to track its index. */
4318 if (entry->d.h->tls_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE)
4320 entry->d.h->tls_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE;
4321 entry->d.h->tls_got_offset = next_index;
4322 tls_type = entry->d.h->tls_type;
4326 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
4328 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
4329 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
4330 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
4331 if (g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_TWO && g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_ONE)
4333 entry->gotidx = g->tls_ldm_offset;
4336 g->tls_ldm_offset = next_index;
4338 entry->gotidx = next_index;
4339 tls_type = entry->tls_type;
4342 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4343 if (tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
4344 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 2;
4345 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
4346 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 1;
4351 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
4352 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
4353 got) to the given VALUE.
4355 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
4356 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
4357 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
4358 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
4359 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
4360 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
4361 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
4362 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
4365 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p)
4367 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4368 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg
4369 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
4370 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
4372 if (g && entry->tls_type != GOT_NORMAL)
4373 arg->needed_relocs +=
4374 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type,
4375 entry->symndx == -1 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
4377 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4378 && entry->symndx == -1
4379 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4383 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
4385 entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++;
4386 if (arg->info->shared
4387 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
4388 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
4389 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
4390 ++arg->needed_relocs;
4393 entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
4399 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4400 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4401 lazy-binding stubs. */
4404 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
4406 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4407 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4408 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4410 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4411 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4412 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4413 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4415 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4416 && entry->symndx == -1
4417 && entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
4419 entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
4420 htab->lazy_stub_count--;
4426 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4429 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4431 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
4434 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
4438 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
4442 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
4443 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4446 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4447 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4450 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4451 asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
4453 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4454 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
4455 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
4456 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
4457 unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
4460 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4461 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4462 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4465 g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
4466 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
4467 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
4470 got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
4471 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
4472 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
4474 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
4475 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
4476 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
4477 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4480 /* Also count how many page entries each input bfd requires. */
4481 htab_traverse (g->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd,
4483 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4486 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
4487 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
4488 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
4489 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
4490 - htab->reserved_gotno);
4491 got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
4492 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4493 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
4495 got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
4497 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4498 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4499 to be the primary GOT. */
4500 htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
4501 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4504 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4505 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
4507 g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
4508 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
4509 if (g->next == NULL)
4512 g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
4513 g->next->global_gotno = 0;
4514 g->next->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4515 g->next->local_gotno = 0;
4516 g->next->page_gotno = 0;
4517 g->next->tls_gotno = 0;
4518 g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
4519 g->next->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
4520 g->next->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4521 g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
4522 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
4524 if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
4526 g->next->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4527 mips_got_page_entry_eq,
4529 if (g->next->got_page_entries == NULL)
4531 g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
4534 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
4535 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
4537 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4541 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4542 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4543 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4544 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4547 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
4550 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
4551 (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
4558 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
4560 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
4564 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4565 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4566 those that are actually referenced. */
4567 gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
4568 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
4570 set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
4571 set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
4572 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4573 &set_got_offset_arg);
4574 set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_NORMAL;
4575 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4576 &set_got_offset_arg);
4578 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4579 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4580 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4581 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4582 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4583 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4584 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4585 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4586 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4587 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4588 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4589 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4590 points back to the master GOT. */
4591 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
4592 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
4599 struct mips_got_info *gn;
4601 assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
4602 g->assigned_gotno = assign;
4603 g->local_gotno += assign;
4604 g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
4605 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4607 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4608 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4609 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4614 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4615 all non-TLS entries. */
4616 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
4617 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
4619 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4622 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4623 lazy-binding stubs. */
4625 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
4629 got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno
4630 + gg->next->global_gotno
4631 + gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4634 set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4635 set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
4636 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
4638 unsigned int save_assign;
4640 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
4641 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
4642 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
4643 set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
4644 set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
4645 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
4646 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4647 &set_got_offset_arg);
4648 needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
4649 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno <= g->global_gotno);
4651 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
4654 needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
4655 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
4656 + g->next->global_gotno
4657 + g->next->tls_gotno
4658 + htab->reserved_gotno);
4663 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
4670 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4671 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4673 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
4674 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
4675 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4676 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
4678 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
4680 while (relocation < relend)
4682 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
4683 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
4689 /* We didn't find it. */
4693 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4696 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
4697 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4698 asection **local_sections)
4700 unsigned long r_symndx;
4701 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4704 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
4705 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
4706 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4708 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
4710 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
4716 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4719 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4721 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
4722 /* VALUE is negative. */
4723 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
4728 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
4729 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
4733 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4735 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
4737 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
4738 /* The value is too big. */
4740 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
4741 /* The value is too small. */
4748 /* Calculate the %high function. */
4751 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
4753 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4756 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
4759 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4762 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
4769 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
4772 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4775 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
4782 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
4785 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
4786 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4789 register asection *s;
4791 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
4793 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4796 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
4798 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4799 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4802 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
4808 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
4811 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4814 register asection *s;
4815 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4816 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4817 struct mips_got_info *g;
4819 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4821 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4822 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4824 /* This function may be called more than once. */
4828 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
4829 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4831 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
4832 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
4833 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
4835 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
4839 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
4840 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
4841 are not creating a global offset table. */
4843 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4844 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
4845 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4848 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4851 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4852 elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
4855 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4858 amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
4859 g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
4862 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
4863 g->global_gotno = 0;
4864 g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4868 g->assigned_gotno = 0;
4871 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4872 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
4873 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4874 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
4876 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4877 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
4878 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
4881 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
4882 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4884 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
4885 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
4886 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4887 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4895 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
4896 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
4897 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
4900 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4902 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
4904 && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
4905 || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
4908 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
4909 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
4910 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
4914 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type)
4916 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
4917 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
4918 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
4919 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
4920 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
4921 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
4929 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
4930 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
4931 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
4932 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
4933 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
4941 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
4942 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
4943 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
4945 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
4946 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
4947 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
4949 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
4950 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
4951 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
4952 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
4954 static bfd_reloc_status_type
4955 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
4956 asection *input_section,
4957 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4958 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4959 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
4960 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
4961 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
4963 bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p,
4964 bfd_boolean save_addend)
4966 /* The eventual value we will return. */
4968 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
4971 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
4972 shared object file being produced. */
4974 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
4977 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
4979 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
4980 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
4981 during execution. */
4982 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
4983 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
4985 asection *sec = NULL;
4986 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4987 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
4989 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
4990 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
4991 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
4992 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
4993 "__gnu_local_gp". */
4994 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
4995 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4997 unsigned long r_symndx;
4999 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5000 relocation value. */
5001 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
5002 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5003 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5004 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p = FALSE;
5005 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5008 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5009 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5010 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5012 /* Parse the relocation. */
5013 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5014 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5015 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
5016 + input_section->output_offset
5017 + relocation->r_offset);
5019 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5020 overflowed_p = FALSE;
5022 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5023 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5024 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
5025 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
5027 was_local_p = local_p;
5028 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
5029 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5032 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5033 must come before globals. */
5037 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5040 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
5042 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
5043 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
5045 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5046 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
5047 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
5048 symbol += sym->st_value;
5049 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
5050 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
5052 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
5054 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5057 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5058 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
5061 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5062 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
5063 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
5066 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5068 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
5069 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other);
5073 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5075 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5076 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5077 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5078 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5079 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5080 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5081 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
5083 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5084 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
5086 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5087 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5088 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
5089 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
5091 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5092 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5093 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
5094 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5098 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5099 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5100 else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5101 gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
5104 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5105 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5106 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5108 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5109 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5110 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
5112 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
5113 if (sec->output_section)
5114 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
5115 + sec->output_section->vma
5116 + sec->output_offset);
5118 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
5120 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5121 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5122 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5123 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5126 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
5127 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5129 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
5130 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5132 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5133 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5134 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5135 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5136 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5138 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
5139 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
5142 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
5144 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5145 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5146 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5147 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5148 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5149 which is available from here:
5150 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5153 else if ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
5154 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
5155 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
5156 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
5157 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))
5159 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5163 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5166 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
5167 /* If the output section is the PLT section,
5168 then the target is not microMIPS. */
5169 target_is_micromips_code_p = (htab->splt != sec
5170 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other));
5173 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5174 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5176 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5178 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5179 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5181 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5182 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5183 && !info->relocatable
5185 && h->fn_stub != NULL
5186 && (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
5188 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
5189 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5190 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
5192 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5193 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5196 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
5199 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
5203 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5204 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5205 target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5207 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
5208 need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
5209 exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
5210 use an indirect stub instead. */
5211 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
5212 && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
5214 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
5215 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5216 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5219 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx];
5222 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5223 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5225 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
5230 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5232 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)))
5234 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5241 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
5244 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5247 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
5248 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5250 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5252 else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
5253 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type))
5254 symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
5255 + h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
5256 + h->la25_stub->offset);
5258 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5259 if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && target_is_micromips_code_p)
5260 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5262 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5263 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5264 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5267 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5268 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5269 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5270 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5271 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5273 *cross_mode_jump_p = (!info->relocatable
5274 && !(h && h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5275 && ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5276 || (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5277 && !target_is_micromips_code_p)
5278 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR)
5279 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5280 || target_is_micromips_code_p))));
5282 local_p = h == NULL || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root);
5284 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
5285 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
5287 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
5292 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5293 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5294 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5295 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type) && !local_p)
5297 r_type = (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
5298 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP : R_MIPS_GOT_DISP);
5302 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5303 to need it, get it now. */
5306 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5307 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5310 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5311 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5312 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5313 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5314 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5315 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5316 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5317 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5318 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5319 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5320 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5321 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5323 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5324 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5325 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5326 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5327 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5328 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5329 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
5331 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5332 0, 0, NULL, r_type);
5334 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5338 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5339 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5340 if (htab->is_vxworks
5341 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
5342 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
5343 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5345 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5346 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
5347 g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
5351 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5352 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, input_bfd,
5353 &h->root, r_type, info);
5354 if (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL
5355 && !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5356 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5357 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g);
5360 else if (!htab->is_vxworks
5361 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5362 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5366 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5367 symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
5369 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5372 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5373 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
5377 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5378 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5379 if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
5381 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5385 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5386 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5388 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5389 + input_section->output_offset
5390 + relocation->r_offset);
5391 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
5392 outrel.r_addend = addend;
5393 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
5395 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5396 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5398 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
5399 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5402 return bfd_reloc_ok;
5405 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5409 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5412 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5413 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5420 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
5422 && h->root.def_dynamic
5423 && !h->root.def_regular
5424 && !h->has_static_relocs))
5425 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
5427 || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5428 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5429 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5431 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5432 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5433 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5434 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5435 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5436 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5438 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
5446 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5450 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
5451 value = symbol + addend;
5455 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5459 value = symbol + addend - p;
5460 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5464 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5465 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5466 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5467 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5468 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5470 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5474 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5475 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5476 if (*cross_mode_jump_p && (symbol & 3) != (r_type == R_MIPS_26))
5477 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5479 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5480 shift = (!*cross_mode_jump_p && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) ? 1 : 2;
5483 value = addend | ((p + 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift));
5485 value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 26 + shift);
5486 value = (value + symbol) >> shift;
5487 if (!was_local_p && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5488 overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> (26 + shift));
5489 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5493 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5494 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5495 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
5499 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5500 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
5501 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
5502 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5503 value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5506 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5507 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5508 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
5512 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5513 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5514 value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5519 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
5522 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
5523 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5527 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5528 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5529 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5533 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5534 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5535 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5536 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5537 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
5538 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - ((p + 4) & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3));
5539 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5540 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5541 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5542 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16)
5543 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 1);
5545 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
5546 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5552 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
5553 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16:
5555 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
5558 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5559 for this conditional. */
5560 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
5561 value = addend + gp - (p & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3);
5562 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5563 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16)
5564 value = addend + gp - p + 3;
5566 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
5567 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5568 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5569 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5570 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5573 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5574 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5577 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5578 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5579 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5580 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5581 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5582 not check for overflow here. */
5586 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5587 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
5588 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5589 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5590 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5595 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
5596 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5597 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5598 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5599 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5600 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5601 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
5602 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
5603 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5604 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5605 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5606 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5607 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5608 value = symbol + addend - gp;
5609 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5610 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5611 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5612 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5616 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5619 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5620 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5623 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5624 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5625 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5626 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5627 if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
5629 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5630 symbol + addend, !was_local_p);
5631 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5632 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5634 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5635 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5642 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5643 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5644 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5645 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5646 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5647 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5648 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5650 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5653 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5654 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
5656 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5660 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
5661 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
5662 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
5663 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5664 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5667 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
5668 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 8) - p;
5669 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 8);
5670 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5671 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5674 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
5675 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 11) - p;
5676 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 11);
5677 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5678 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5681 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
5682 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17) - p;
5683 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17);
5684 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5685 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5688 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
5689 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 25) - ((p | 3) ^ 3);
5690 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 25);
5691 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5692 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5695 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5696 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5697 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5698 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5699 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
5700 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
5701 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
5703 value = mips_elf_high (value);
5704 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5707 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5708 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5709 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5710 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5711 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
5714 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5715 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5716 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
5717 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5718 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5719 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5720 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5723 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
5724 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
5726 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
5729 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5733 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB:
5734 value = symbol - addend;
5735 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5739 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
5740 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
5741 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5744 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
5745 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
5746 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
5747 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5750 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
5751 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP:
5752 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
5753 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5757 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
5758 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
5759 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
5760 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
5761 if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
5762 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5763 value = symbol + addend;
5767 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5768 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
5769 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
5770 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5773 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
5774 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5777 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
5779 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
5782 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5785 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
5786 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5787 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
5790 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
5792 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5793 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
5798 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
5799 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
5800 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
5802 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
5803 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5805 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
5808 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5809 reloc_howto_type *howto,
5810 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5811 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
5812 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
5813 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p)
5817 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5819 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
5820 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
5822 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
5824 /* Obtain the current value. */
5825 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
5827 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
5828 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
5830 /* Set the field. */
5831 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
5833 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
5834 if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
5837 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
5838 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
5840 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
5841 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
5843 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
5846 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
5848 ok = ((opcode == 0x3d) || (opcode == 0x3c));
5853 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
5857 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
5860 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5861 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Direct jumps between ISA modes are not allowed; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
5864 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
5865 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5869 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
5870 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
5873 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
5875 if (!info->relocatable
5876 && !cross_mode_jump_p
5877 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
5878 && r_type == R_MIPS_26
5879 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
5880 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
5881 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
5882 && x == 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
5883 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd)
5884 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
5885 && x == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
5891 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
5892 + input_section->output_offset
5893 + relocation->r_offset
5895 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
5896 dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
5900 if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
5902 if (x == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
5903 x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
5905 x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
5909 /* Put the value into the output. */
5910 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
5912 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
5918 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
5919 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
5920 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
5921 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
5924 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
5925 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5926 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5927 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5928 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
5929 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
5931 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
5936 bfd_boolean defined_p;
5937 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5939 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5940 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5942 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
5943 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5944 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5945 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
5946 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
5947 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
5950 outrel[0].r_offset =
5951 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
5952 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
5954 outrel[1].r_offset =
5955 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
5956 outrel[2].r_offset =
5957 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
5960 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
5961 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
5964 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
5966 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
5967 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
5968 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
5973 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
5974 in the relocation. */
5975 if (h != NULL && ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
5977 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks || h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE);
5978 indx = h->root.dynindx;
5979 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
5980 defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
5982 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
5983 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
5984 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
5985 undefined symbols. */
5990 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
5992 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
5994 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5999 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6002 asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
6003 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
6009 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6010 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6011 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6012 local symbols because we used to generate them
6013 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6014 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6015 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6016 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6017 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6018 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6020 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6021 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6022 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6023 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6024 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6029 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6030 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6031 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6032 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6033 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
6036 if (htab->is_vxworks)
6037 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6038 outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
6040 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6041 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6042 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
6045 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6046 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6047 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6048 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6049 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6050 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6051 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6052 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6053 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6054 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6055 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6056 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6057 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
6058 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
6061 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
6063 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6064 correct location in the output file. */
6065 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6066 + input_section->output_offset);
6067 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6068 + input_section->output_offset);
6069 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6070 + input_section->output_offset);
6072 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6073 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6074 relocation format is non-standard. */
6075 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6077 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
6078 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6080 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
6082 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
6084 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6085 outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
6086 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6087 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6089 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
6092 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6093 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6094 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
6096 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6097 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
6099 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6100 will be writing to it. */
6101 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
6104 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6105 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
6107 asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
6112 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
6114 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
6115 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
6116 + input_section->output_section->vma
6117 + input_section->output_offset);
6118 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
6119 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
6121 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
6122 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
6123 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
6125 cr = (scpt->contents
6126 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
6127 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
6128 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
6129 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
6130 + scpt->reloc_count));
6131 ++scpt->reloc_count;
6135 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6136 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6138 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
6139 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6144 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6147 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
6149 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
6151 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
6152 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
6154 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
6155 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
6157 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
6158 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
6160 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
6161 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
6163 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
6164 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
6166 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
6167 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
6169 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
6170 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
6172 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
6173 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
6175 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
6176 return bfd_mach_mips9000;
6178 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
6179 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
6181 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
6182 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
6184 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
6185 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
6187 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
6188 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
6190 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2:
6191 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2;
6193 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
6194 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
6196 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
6197 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
6200 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
6204 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
6207 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
6210 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
6213 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
6216 return bfd_mach_mips5;
6218 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
6219 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
6221 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
6222 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
6224 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
6225 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
6227 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
6228 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
6235 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6237 static INLINE char *
6238 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
6242 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
6243 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
6246 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
6248 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
6252 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
6254 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
6256 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
6258 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
6261 return "unknown abi";
6265 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6266 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6267 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6268 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6269 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6270 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
6271 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6272 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6274 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6275 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6276 definition in a shared library. */
6277 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
6278 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6279 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6281 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6284 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
6286 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
6288 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6289 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
6290 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
6292 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
6293 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6294 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6295 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6296 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6297 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6298 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
6300 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6301 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
6302 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
6303 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6304 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6305 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6306 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
6307 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6308 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6309 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6311 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6315 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6316 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6317 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
6318 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
6319 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
6322 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
6323 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
6325 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6326 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
6327 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
6328 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6329 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6330 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6331 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
6332 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6333 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6334 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6336 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6337 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
6340 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
6341 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6346 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
6348 if (section != NULL)
6350 asym->section = section;
6351 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6352 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6353 base address to make it an offset. */
6354 asym->value -= section->vma;
6361 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
6363 if (section != NULL)
6365 asym->section = section;
6366 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6367 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6368 base address to make it an offset. */
6369 asym->value -= section->vma;
6375 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6376 or microMIPS one. */
6377 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
6378 && (asym->value & 1) != 0)
6381 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
6382 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6383 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6385 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6386 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6390 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6391 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6393 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6394 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6395 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6396 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6397 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6399 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6400 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6401 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6402 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6404 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6405 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6406 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6407 We therefore take the following approach:
6409 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6410 determine the pointer size.
6412 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6413 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6417 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6418 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6419 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6420 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6421 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6423 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6424 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6428 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
6430 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
6432 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
6434 bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
6436 long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6437 long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6438 if (long32_p && long64_p)
6445 if (sec->reloc_count > 0
6446 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
6447 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
6456 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6457 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6458 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6460 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6461 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6464 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6465 will jump there rather than to .text.
6467 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6468 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6471 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
6473 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
6476 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6477 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6478 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6482 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
6484 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6485 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
6489 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
6490 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
6493 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
6496 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6497 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6501 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6502 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
6503 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
6504 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
6506 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6508 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6509 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6510 so that we don't have to read them again.
6511 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6512 through the section contents to see if there is an
6513 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6515 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
6517 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6518 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6520 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6522 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6524 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6526 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6527 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6528 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6531 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6538 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6539 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
6542 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6543 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
6546 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6553 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6554 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
6557 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6558 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6565 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
6567 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
6569 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6570 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6571 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6572 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6573 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6574 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6575 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6576 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6577 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
6578 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
6580 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6581 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6583 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
6585 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6586 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6588 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6591 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6593 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
6595 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
6597 unsigned int adjust;
6599 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
6601 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
6609 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
6610 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
6611 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
6613 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
6617 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
6618 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
6624 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
6625 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
6626 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
6627 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
6628 probably get away with this. */
6629 switch (hdr->sh_type)
6631 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
6632 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
6636 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
6639 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
6640 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
6643 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
6644 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
6647 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
6648 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
6651 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
6652 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
6654 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
6656 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
6657 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
6658 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
6660 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
6662 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
6663 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
6666 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
6667 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
6670 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
6671 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
6674 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
6675 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
6676 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
6679 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
6680 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
6683 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
6684 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
6685 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6692 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
6697 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
6698 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
6704 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
6706 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
6707 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
6708 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
6709 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
6710 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
6712 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
6715 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
6716 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
6718 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
6719 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
6722 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
6723 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
6724 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
6725 they should agree. */
6726 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
6728 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6730 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6731 if (contents == NULL)
6733 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
6740 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6741 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6743 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6745 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6747 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6749 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6750 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6751 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6754 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6756 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
6758 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
6760 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
6761 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
6763 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
6765 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6767 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
6769 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
6771 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
6772 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
6774 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
6784 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
6785 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
6786 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6789 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
6791 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
6793 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
6795 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
6796 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
6797 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6799 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
6800 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
6801 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
6803 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
6804 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
6805 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6807 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
6808 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
6809 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
6811 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
6812 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
6813 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6814 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6815 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6817 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6819 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
6821 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
6822 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
6823 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6824 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6826 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6827 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
6829 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6832 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
6834 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
6835 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
6836 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
6837 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
6839 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6840 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6842 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
6843 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
6846 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
6847 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
6848 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6849 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
6850 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
6851 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
6852 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6853 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
6855 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
6856 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6858 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
6860 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
6861 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6862 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6864 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
6866 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
6867 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6868 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6870 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
6871 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
6873 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
6875 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
6876 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
6877 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
6878 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_frame"))
6879 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6881 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
6883 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
6884 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
6885 final_write_processing. */
6887 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
6888 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6890 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
6891 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6892 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6894 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
6896 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
6897 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
6898 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
6901 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
6902 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
6903 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
6904 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
6905 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
6910 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
6911 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
6912 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
6913 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
6914 the .scommon section. */
6917 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6918 asection *sec, int *retval)
6920 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
6922 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
6925 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
6927 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
6933 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
6934 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
6937 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6938 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
6939 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6940 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
6942 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
6943 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
6944 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
6946 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
6951 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
6952 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
6953 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
6954 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
6955 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
6956 is not done for them. */
6958 && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6959 && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
6965 switch (sym->st_shndx)
6968 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6969 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
6970 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
6971 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
6972 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
6975 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
6976 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
6977 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
6978 *valp = sym->st_size;
6982 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
6983 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
6985 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
6986 asection *elf_text_section;
6987 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
6989 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6990 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
6993 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
6994 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6995 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
6998 /* Initialize the section. */
7000 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
7001 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7003 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7004 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
7006 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
7007 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7008 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
7009 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
7010 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
7011 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7012 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
7014 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7015 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7016 so I took it out. */
7017 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
7020 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
7021 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7023 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7024 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
7026 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
7027 asection *elf_data_section;
7028 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7030 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7031 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
7034 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7035 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7036 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
7039 /* Initialize the section. */
7041 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
7042 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7044 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7045 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
7047 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
7048 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7049 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
7050 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
7051 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
7052 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7053 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
7055 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7056 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7057 so I took it out. */
7058 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
7061 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
7062 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
7066 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7068 && info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec
7069 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7071 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7072 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7074 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7076 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7077 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
7078 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7081 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7084 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7086 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7089 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
7090 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7093 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7094 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7095 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7096 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7102 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7103 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7104 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7107 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7108 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7109 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
7110 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7112 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7113 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7114 common in the output file. */
7115 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
7116 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
7117 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7119 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7120 sym->st_value &= ~1;
7125 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7127 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7130 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7132 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7133 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7135 register asection *s;
7136 const char * const *namep;
7137 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7139 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7140 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7142 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
7143 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
7145 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7147 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7149 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
7152 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
7157 /* We need to create .got section. */
7158 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
7161 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
7164 /* Create .stub section. */
7165 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
7166 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
7169 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7170 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7174 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
7176 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
7178 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
7179 flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
7181 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7182 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7186 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7187 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7188 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7189 the linker takes such action. */
7190 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7192 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
7195 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7196 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
7197 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7200 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7203 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7205 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7209 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7210 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7212 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
7216 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7217 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash");
7219 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7220 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
7222 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7223 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
7225 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7226 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7228 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7229 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
7231 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7238 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7240 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7241 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
7242 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7245 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7248 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7250 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7253 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
7255 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7256 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7257 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7258 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7259 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map");
7260 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7262 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7264 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7265 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
7266 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7269 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7272 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7274 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7276 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7280 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7281 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
7282 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
7285 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7286 htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
7287 htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss");
7288 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7290 htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.bss");
7291 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
7294 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rel.plt");
7296 || (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
7301 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7303 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7304 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
7307 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
7310 htab->plt_header_size
7311 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
7312 htab->plt_entry_size
7313 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
7317 htab->plt_header_size
7318 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
7319 htab->plt_entry_size
7320 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
7323 else if (!info->shared)
7325 /* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
7326 htab->plt_header_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
7327 htab->plt_entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
7333 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7334 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7335 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7338 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
7339 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
7340 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
7342 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
7343 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7345 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7346 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7347 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
7348 if (rel_hdr == NULL)
7350 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7351 return ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
7352 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
7355 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7356 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7357 of the section that REL is against. */
7360 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7361 reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_byte *contents)
7364 unsigned int r_type;
7367 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7368 location = contents + rel->r_offset;
7370 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7371 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7372 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents);
7373 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7375 return addend & howto->src_mask;
7378 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7379 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7380 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7381 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7382 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7385 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd *abfd,
7386 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7387 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
7388 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma *addend)
7390 unsigned int r_type, lo16_type;
7391 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
7392 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
7395 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7396 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
7397 lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
7398 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type))
7399 lo16_type = R_MICROMIPS_LO16;
7401 lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
7403 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7404 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7405 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7408 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7410 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7411 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7412 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7413 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7414 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7415 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7417 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7418 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7419 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7420 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, lo16_type, rel, relend);
7421 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
7424 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7425 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, lo16_type, FALSE);
7426 l = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, lo16_relocation, lo16_howto, contents);
7428 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
7429 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
7436 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7437 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7438 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7441 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_byte **contents)
7446 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7447 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
7449 *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
7453 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, contents);
7456 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7457 allocate space in the global offset table. */
7460 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7461 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
7465 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7466 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7468 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
7469 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
7471 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7472 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7475 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7477 if (info->relocatable)
7480 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7481 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7483 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7484 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7485 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7486 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7488 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7489 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
7491 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7493 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
7494 if (FN_STUB_P (name))
7496 unsigned long r_symndx;
7498 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7501 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (sec, relocs, rel_end);
7504 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7505 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7506 " stub section `%s'"),
7508 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7512 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7513 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7517 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7518 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7519 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7520 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7522 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7523 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7525 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7526 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7527 || o->reloc_count == 0
7528 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7532 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7534 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7537 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7538 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7539 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7540 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
7543 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7552 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7553 not need it. Since this function is called before
7554 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7555 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7557 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7561 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7563 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
7565 unsigned long symcount;
7569 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
7570 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
7572 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7573 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
7574 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7577 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
7580 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7581 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
7583 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7584 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7585 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7586 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7590 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7592 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
7593 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
7595 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7596 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
7597 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
7599 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7601 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7602 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7603 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7604 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7605 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7606 if (h->fn_stub != NULL)
7608 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7612 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7614 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
7617 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
7619 unsigned long r_symndx;
7620 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7623 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7626 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (sec, relocs, rel_end);
7629 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7630 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7631 " stub section `%s'"),
7633 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7637 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7638 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7642 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7643 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
7644 that refers to this symbol. */
7645 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7647 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7648 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7650 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7651 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7652 || o->reloc_count == 0
7653 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7657 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7659 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7662 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7663 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7664 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7665 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26)
7668 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7677 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7678 not need it. Since this function is called before
7679 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7680 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7682 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7686 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
7688 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL)
7690 unsigned long symcount;
7694 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
7695 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
7697 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7698 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
7699 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7702 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n;
7705 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7706 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
7708 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7709 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7710 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7711 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7715 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
7716 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
7718 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7720 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
7721 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
7723 loc = &h->call_stub;
7725 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7726 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7727 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7728 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7729 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7732 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7736 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7738 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
7744 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
7746 unsigned long r_symndx;
7747 unsigned int r_type;
7748 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7749 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
7751 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
7752 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7754 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
7756 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
7758 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7759 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
7761 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7766 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
7768 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7769 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
7770 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
7773 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
7774 relocation into a dynamic one. */
7775 can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
7778 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
7779 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
7782 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7783 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7784 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7785 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7786 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7787 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
7788 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
7789 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7791 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
7792 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
7793 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
7794 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
7795 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
7796 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
7797 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
7798 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7799 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
7800 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
7801 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7802 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
7803 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
7805 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
7806 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
7808 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
7810 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7811 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
7812 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
7813 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7818 /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
7819 has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
7821 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
7827 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7828 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
7829 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
7831 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
7832 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
7833 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
7834 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
7835 against a read-only section. */
7838 && !htab->is_vxworks
7839 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
7840 && !(!info->nocopyreloc
7841 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
7842 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
7843 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
7845 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
7847 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
7850 /* For sections that are not SEC_ALLOC a copy reloc would be
7851 output if possible (implying questionable semantics for
7852 read-only data objects) or otherwise the final link would
7853 fail as ld.so will not process them and could not therefore
7854 handle any outstanding dynamic relocations.
7856 For such sections that are also SEC_DEBUGGING, we can avoid
7857 these problems by simply ignoring any relocs as these
7858 sections have a predefined use and we know it is safe to do
7861 This is needed in cases such as a global symbol definition
7862 in a shared library causing a common symbol from an object
7863 file to be converted to an undefined reference. If that
7864 happens, then all the relocations against this symbol from
7865 SEC_DEBUGGING sections in the object file will resolve to
7867 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
7872 /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
7875 h->pointer_equality_needed = TRUE;
7881 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
7882 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
7883 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
7884 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
7885 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
7887 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
7893 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
7894 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
7895 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
7896 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
7900 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
7904 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
7905 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
7906 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
7907 relocations against the text segment. */
7908 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
7911 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
7912 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
7913 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type)
7914 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
7916 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
7917 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
7918 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
7919 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
7920 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
7921 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
7922 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
7923 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
7924 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
7925 rel->r_addend, info, 0))
7929 if (h != NULL && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type))
7930 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
7935 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
7936 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
7939 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7940 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
7941 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
7942 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7947 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7948 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7949 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
7950 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
7953 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
7954 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
7955 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
7956 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, TRUE, 0))
7959 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
7960 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
7961 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
7967 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7968 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7969 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
7970 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
7973 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
7974 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
7976 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
7977 if (hmips->root.def_regular
7978 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
7979 && ! hmips->root.forced_local))
7984 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
7986 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7987 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7988 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
7989 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
7990 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
7991 if (!h || got_page_reloc_p (r_type))
7993 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
7994 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
7995 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
7997 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
7999 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8001 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8002 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel,
8004 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type))
8005 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end,
8008 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
8011 addend = rel->r_addend;
8012 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info, abfd, r_symndx,
8018 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8019 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8020 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8025 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8026 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8028 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
8031 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8032 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8033 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
8035 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
8041 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8042 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8043 for TLS GD relocations. */
8047 flag = (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type)
8049 : tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type) ? GOT_TLS_LDM : GOT_TLS_IE);
8052 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
8053 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8054 hmips->tls_type |= flag;
8056 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8062 BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != STN_UNDEF);
8064 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8075 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8076 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8077 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8078 if (can_make_dynamic_p)
8082 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8086 if (info->shared && h == NULL)
8088 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8089 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8090 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8091 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8092 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8093 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8094 relocations against the text segment. */
8095 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8099 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8101 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8102 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8103 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8104 it will be left as zero.
8106 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8107 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8109 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8110 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8112 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8113 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
8114 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8115 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8116 are relocations against the text segment. */
8117 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
8121 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8122 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8123 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8127 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8128 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
8129 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8130 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8131 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8132 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
8133 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
8134 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8135 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8136 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8139 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8140 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8141 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8142 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8146 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8147 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8148 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
8149 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
8151 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8159 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
8160 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
8161 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
8162 a normal .got entry. */
8163 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h != NULL)
8167 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
8169 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8171 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8172 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8174 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8175 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8176 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8177 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
8181 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8182 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8183 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8184 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8186 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
8187 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
8189 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
8191 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8192 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
8195 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8196 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8197 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8198 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8199 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8207 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
8208 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
8209 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
8210 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
8211 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8212 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8213 if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
8216 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8217 and has a special meaning. */
8218 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
8219 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8222 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8223 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8230 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8231 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8232 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8233 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8235 (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
8236 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8248 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
8249 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
8252 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
8253 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
8254 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
8255 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
8257 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
8258 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8259 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
8261 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8264 if (link_info->relocatable)
8267 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
8268 link_info->keep_memory);
8269 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
8272 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
8273 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
8274 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8275 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8277 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
8280 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
8281 unsigned int r_type;
8282 unsigned long r_symndx;
8284 unsigned long instruction;
8286 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8287 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8288 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8289 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
8290 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
8293 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
8294 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8295 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
8297 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
8298 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8299 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8301 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8302 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8303 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8305 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8307 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8308 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
8309 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
8310 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
8311 && !h->root.forced_local))
8314 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
8315 if (sym_sec->output_section)
8316 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
8317 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8318 + sym_sec->output_offset);
8320 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
8324 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
8326 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8327 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
8329 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
8330 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8331 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
8332 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
8334 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8338 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
8339 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8341 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
8342 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
8343 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
8344 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
8347 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
8348 symval = isym->st_value
8349 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8350 + sym_sec->output_offset;
8353 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8355 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
8356 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
8358 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8359 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
8364 /* Check that it's in range. */
8365 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
8368 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8369 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8372 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
8374 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8375 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8376 instruction = 0x04110000;
8377 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8378 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8379 instruction = 0x10000000;
8383 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
8384 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
8385 changed_contents = TRUE;
8388 if (contents != NULL
8389 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8391 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
8395 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8396 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
8402 if (contents != NULL
8403 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8408 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8411 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
8413 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
8415 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8416 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8418 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8419 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8421 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8422 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8424 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8425 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8426 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8429 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8430 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8431 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
8434 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8435 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8436 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8437 if (! info->relocatable
8438 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
8439 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
8443 bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
8445 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
8447 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8448 non-default visibility. */
8449 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
8452 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8454 else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
8456 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
8463 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8464 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8465 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8466 relocations against it.
8468 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8469 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8471 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8473 if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
8474 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
8475 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
8478 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8479 (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
8480 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
8481 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8482 against the text segment. */
8483 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8490 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8491 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8492 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8493 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8497 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
8498 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
8501 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8502 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8504 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8505 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8507 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8508 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8510 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8511 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
8513 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
8516 && !h->def_regular)));
8518 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8520 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8521 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8522 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8523 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8524 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8526 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8527 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8528 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8530 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8533 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8534 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8535 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8536 executable and the shared library. */
8537 if (!h->def_regular)
8539 hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
8540 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
8544 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8545 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8547 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8548 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8549 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8550 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8551 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
8552 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8553 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
8554 else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8555 || (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
8556 && htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8557 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8558 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
8559 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
8561 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
8563 if (htab->splt->size == 0)
8565 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
8567 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
8568 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
8569 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
8570 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
8571 if (!htab->is_vxworks
8572 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5))
8575 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
8576 for the same reason as above. */
8577 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt,
8578 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
8581 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
8583 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
8585 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8586 htab->sgotplt->size += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
8588 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
8589 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
8590 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8591 htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8594 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
8595 h->plt.offset = htab->splt->size;
8596 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
8598 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
8599 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
8600 if (!info->shared && !h->def_regular)
8602 h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
8603 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
8604 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
8605 lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
8606 function address. */
8607 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8608 h->root.u.def.value += 8;
8611 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
8613 htab->sgotplt->size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
8614 htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
8615 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
8616 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
8618 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
8619 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8620 htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8622 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8623 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
8624 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
8629 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
8630 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
8631 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
8632 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
8634 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8635 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
8636 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
8637 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
8641 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
8642 in regular objects. */
8646 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
8647 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
8648 if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
8651 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
8652 some that we can't convert. */
8653 if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || info->shared)
8655 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
8656 "dynamic symbol %s"),
8657 h->root.root.string);
8658 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8662 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
8663 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
8664 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
8665 object will contain position independent code, so all references
8666 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
8667 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
8668 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
8669 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
8670 same memory location for the variable. */
8672 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
8674 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8675 htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8677 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8681 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8682 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
8683 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
8685 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss);
8688 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
8689 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
8690 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
8693 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
8694 struct bfd_link_info *info)
8697 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8698 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
8700 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8701 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8703 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
8704 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
8706 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
8709 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
8711 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8712 mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
8719 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
8722 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8726 struct mips_got_info *g;
8727 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
8728 bfd_size_type page_gotno;
8730 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg;
8731 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8733 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8734 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8740 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8743 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
8744 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
8745 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == 0);
8746 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8747 htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
8749 htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
8750 g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
8751 g->assigned_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
8753 /* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
8754 the target symbol. */
8755 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g))
8758 /* Count the number of GOT symbols. */
8759 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, info);
8761 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
8762 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
8764 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
8766 asection *subsection;
8768 for (subsection = sub->sections;
8770 subsection = subsection->next)
8772 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8774 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
8775 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
8779 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8780 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
8781 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
8782 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
8785 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
8786 sections. Is 5 enough? */
8787 page_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
8789 /* Choose the smaller of the two estimates; both are intended to be
8791 if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
8792 page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
8794 g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
8795 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8796 s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8798 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
8799 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
8800 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
8801 count_tls_arg.info = info;
8802 count_tls_arg.needed = 0;
8803 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
8804 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries,
8806 g->tls_gotno += count_tls_arg.needed;
8807 s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8809 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
8810 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
8812 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8814 /* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT. */
8817 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
8820 count = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
8822 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count);
8825 else if (s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
8827 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
8832 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg;
8834 /* Set up TLS entries. */
8835 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
8836 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
8838 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
8841 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs, &arg);
8842 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
8843 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs,
8846 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, arg.needed);
8852 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
8855 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8857 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8858 bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
8860 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8861 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8863 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
8866 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
8867 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
8868 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
8870 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
8871 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
8872 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
8874 dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
8875 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
8877 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
8878 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
8879 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
8880 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
8882 htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
8885 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
8886 MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
8887 allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
8890 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void **data)
8892 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8894 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) data;
8895 if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
8897 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
8898 h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size;
8899 h->root.plt.offset = htab->sstubs->size;
8900 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
8905 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
8906 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
8909 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
8911 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8913 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8914 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8916 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
8919 htab->sstubs->size = 0;
8920 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, htab);
8921 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
8922 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
8923 == htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
8926 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
8929 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
8930 struct bfd_link_info *info)
8933 asection *s, *sreldyn;
8934 bfd_boolean reltext;
8935 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8937 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8938 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8939 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8940 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
8942 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8944 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
8945 if (info->executable)
8947 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
8948 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
8950 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
8952 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
8955 /* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
8956 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0 && htab->root.hplt == NULL)
8958 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8960 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
8962 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt,
8963 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
8964 htab->root.hplt = h;
8971 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8972 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, (PTR) info);
8974 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
8976 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
8979 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
8981 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
8982 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
8985 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
8989 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
8990 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
8991 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
8993 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
8996 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
9000 const char *outname;
9003 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9004 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9005 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9006 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9007 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9009 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
9011 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
9013 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
9014 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9015 || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
9018 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9019 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9020 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
9023 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9024 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9025 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9026 will move them around between input sections'
9027 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9028 broken, so don't let it run. */
9029 info->combreloc = 0;
9032 else if (! info->shared
9033 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
9034 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
9036 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9037 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9038 s->size += MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd);
9040 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9041 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
9042 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
9043 else if (s == htab->splt)
9045 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9046 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9047 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9048 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
9049 && ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
9052 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
9054 && s != htab->sgotplt
9055 && s != htab->sstubs
9056 && s != htab->sdynbss)
9058 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9064 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
9068 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
9071 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9072 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
9073 if (s->contents == NULL)
9075 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
9080 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9082 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9083 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9084 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9085 the .dynamic section. */
9087 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9088 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9089 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and GDB only
9090 looks at the first one it sees. */
9092 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
9095 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9096 used by the debugger. */
9097 if (info->executable
9098 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9099 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
9102 if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
9103 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
9105 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
9107 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
9110 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9111 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9112 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9113 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9114 info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
9117 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
9120 sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
9121 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9123 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9124 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9125 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9127 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
9130 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
9133 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
9139 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9141 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
9144 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
9147 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
9151 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
9154 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
9157 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
9160 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
9163 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
9166 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
9169 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
9172 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
9173 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
9176 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
9177 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9178 (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
9179 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
9182 if (htab->splt->size > 0)
9184 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
9187 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
9190 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
9193 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
9196 if (htab->is_vxworks
9197 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
9204 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9205 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9206 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9207 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9210 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9211 bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9212 asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
9214 unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
9215 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9218 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9220 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9221 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type)
9222 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
9223 || literal_reloc_p (r_type))
9225 rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
9226 rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
9229 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9230 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
9232 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9233 if (!info->relocatable)
9235 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9236 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
9239 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9240 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
9241 rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
9245 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9248 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9249 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
9250 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
9251 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9252 asection **local_sections)
9254 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
9255 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
9257 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
9258 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
9260 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
9261 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
9262 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
9266 reloc_howto_type *howto;
9267 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p;
9268 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
9270 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
9271 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9273 unsigned long r_symndx;
9275 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9276 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9277 bfd_boolean rel_reloc;
9279 rel_reloc = (NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
9280 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
9282 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
9283 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
9285 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
9286 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
9287 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9289 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9294 unsigned long extsymoff;
9297 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
9298 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9299 h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
9300 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
9301 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
9302 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
9305 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9306 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
9307 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
9310 if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
9311 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
9312 rel, relend, howto, contents);
9314 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
9316 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
9317 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
9318 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
9319 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
9320 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
9321 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
9322 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
9324 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
9326 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9330 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
9332 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
9333 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
9334 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
9336 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
9339 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
9340 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
9342 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
9343 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
9344 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
9347 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
9351 name = h->root.root.string;
9353 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
9354 local_syms + r_symndx,
9356 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9357 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
9358 input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name,
9363 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
9366 addend = rel->r_addend;
9367 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
9368 local_syms, local_sections, rel);
9371 if (info->relocatable)
9373 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
9374 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9377 if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
9379 addend += rel->r_addend;
9380 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
9381 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
9382 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
9383 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
9384 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
9385 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
9387 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
9389 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
9390 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
9391 source of the addend in the final link. */
9392 addend &= howto->src_mask;
9394 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9395 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9396 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
9397 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
9398 but for endianness. */
9404 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
9406 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
9413 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9414 do two separate stores. */
9415 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9417 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9419 low_bits = sign_bits;
9425 high_bits = sign_bits;
9427 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
9428 contents + rel->r_offset);
9429 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
9430 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
9434 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
9435 input_bfd, input_section,
9440 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
9444 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
9445 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
9446 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
9448 if (rel + 1 < relend
9449 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
9450 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
9451 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
9453 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
9455 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
9456 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
9457 input_section, info, rel,
9458 addend, howto, local_syms,
9459 local_sections, &value,
9460 &name, &cross_mode_jump_p,
9461 use_saved_addend_p))
9463 case bfd_reloc_continue:
9464 /* There's nothing to do. */
9467 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
9468 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
9469 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
9470 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
9471 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
9474 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
9475 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
9476 info->callbacks->warning
9477 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9480 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
9481 if (use_saved_addend_p)
9482 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
9483 a given location. */
9487 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9489 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9490 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9491 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
9492 if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported
9493 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto->type)
9494 || literal_reloc_p (howto->type)))
9496 msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
9497 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
9499 htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE;
9500 (*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg);
9502 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
9503 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
9504 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
9512 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
9513 if (jal_reloc_p (howto->type))
9515 msg = _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
9516 info->callbacks->warning
9517 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9527 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
9528 until we reach the last one. */
9529 if (use_saved_addend_p)
9535 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9536 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9537 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
9538 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
9539 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
9540 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
9541 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
9542 only a 32-bit VMA. */
9548 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
9550 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
9557 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9558 do two separate stores. */
9559 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9561 /* Undo what we did above. */
9563 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9565 low_bits = sign_bits;
9571 high_bits = sign_bits;
9573 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
9574 contents + rel->r_offset);
9575 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
9576 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
9580 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
9581 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
9582 input_bfd, input_section,
9583 contents, cross_mode_jump_p))
9590 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
9591 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
9594 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
9596 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
9597 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9598 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
9601 bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
9603 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
9604 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
9605 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
9606 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9608 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
9609 s = stub->stub_section;
9613 loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
9622 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
9623 offset = stub->offset;
9625 /* Work out the target address. */
9626 target = (stub->h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
9627 + stub->h->root.root.u.def.section->output_offset
9628 + stub->h->root.root.u.def.value);
9629 target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9630 target_low = (target & 0xffff);
9632 if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
9634 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
9635 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
9636 memset (loc, 0, offset);
9638 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
9640 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_1 (target_high),
9642 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_2 (target_high),
9644 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_1 (target_low),
9646 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_2 (target_low),
9651 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
9652 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
9657 /* This is trampoline. */
9659 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
9661 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_1 (target_high),
9663 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_2 (target_high),
9665 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J_MICROMIPS_1 (target), loc + 4);
9666 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J_MICROMIPS_2 (target), loc + 6);
9667 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_1 (target_low),
9669 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_2 (target_low),
9671 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
9675 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
9676 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
9677 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
9678 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
9684 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
9685 adjust it appropriately now. */
9688 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9689 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9691 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
9692 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
9693 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
9696 "__dso_displacement",
9698 "__program_header_table",
9702 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
9710 const char* const *p;
9713 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
9714 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
9717 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
9719 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
9721 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9722 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
9724 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
9726 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
9728 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
9734 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9735 dynamic sections here. */
9738 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9739 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9740 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9741 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9745 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
9748 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9749 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
9751 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9752 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9753 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9754 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
9756 BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
9758 if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE && hmips->no_fn_stub)
9760 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
9762 bfd_vma header_address, plt_index, got_address;
9763 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
9764 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9766 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9767 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9768 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
9769 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
9770 BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
9772 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
9773 header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
9774 + htab->splt->output_offset);
9776 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9777 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
9778 / htab->plt_entry_size);
9780 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
9781 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
9782 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
9783 + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9784 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9785 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
9787 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
9788 loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents
9789 + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9790 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9791 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
9793 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
9795 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
9796 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
9798 /* Pick the load opcode. */
9799 load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
9801 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
9802 plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
9803 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
9804 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load, loc + 4);
9806 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
9808 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
9809 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
9813 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
9814 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
9817 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
9818 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt,
9819 plt_index, h->dynindx,
9820 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
9822 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
9823 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
9824 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
9825 binary where pointer equality matters. */
9826 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9827 if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
9828 sym->st_other = STO_MIPS_PLT;
9832 else if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
9834 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
9835 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
9837 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
9839 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9841 BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
9842 || (h->dynindx <= 0xffff));
9844 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
9845 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
9847 if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
9850 /* Fill the stub. */
9852 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
9854 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx);
9856 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
9858 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
9862 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
9865 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
9866 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
9867 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
9868 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
9869 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
9870 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
9872 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
9875 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
9876 memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.offset,
9877 stub, htab->function_stub_size);
9879 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
9880 only for the referenced symbol. */
9881 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9883 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
9884 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
9885 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
9886 sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
9887 + htab->sstubs->output_offset
9891 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
9892 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
9894 if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
9896 BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
9897 sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
9898 + hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
9899 sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
9900 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
9903 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
9904 || h->forced_local);
9908 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
9910 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
9911 the symbols that need them. */
9912 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
9917 value = sym->st_value;
9918 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
9919 R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
9920 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
9923 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE && g->next && h->type != STT_TLS)
9925 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
9931 e.abfd = output_bfd;
9936 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
9939 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
9944 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
9946 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
9947 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
9949 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
9950 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
9951 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
9952 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
9953 appropriate addend. */
9954 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
9956 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
9957 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9958 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
9960 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
9961 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
9964 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
9965 (output_bfd, info, rel,
9966 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
9970 entry = sym->st_value;
9971 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
9976 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
9977 name = h->root.root.string;
9978 if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
9979 || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
9980 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
9981 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
9982 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
9984 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
9985 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9988 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9990 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
9991 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9992 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
9994 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
9996 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
9997 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
9999 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10000 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10002 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10004 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
10006 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10007 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10008 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
10009 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10011 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
10013 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
10014 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
10015 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
10016 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10020 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10026 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10027 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10029 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10030 symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10031 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10032 + h->root.u.def.value);
10033 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
10034 h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
10037 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10038 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
10039 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
10041 /* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
10042 treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
10043 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
10045 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
10046 sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
10052 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10055 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
10056 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10057 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
10058 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10062 struct mips_got_info *g;
10063 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10064 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
10066 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10067 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10068 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10069 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
10071 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
10074 bfd_vma plt_address, plt_index, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
10075 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10076 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10078 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10079 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
10080 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
10082 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
10083 plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
10084 + htab->splt->output_offset
10087 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
10088 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
10089 / htab->plt_entry_size);
10091 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10092 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10093 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
10096 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
10097 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10098 got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
10100 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
10101 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
10102 branch_offset = -(h->plt.offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
10104 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
10105 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
10106 htab->sgotplt->contents + plt_index * 4);
10108 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10109 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
10113 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
10114 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
10115 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
10119 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
10121 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
10122 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10123 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
10125 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
10126 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
10127 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
10128 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
10129 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10130 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10131 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
10132 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
10134 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
10135 + (plt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
10137 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
10138 rel.r_offset = got_address;
10139 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
10140 rel.r_addend = h->plt.offset;
10141 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10143 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
10144 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10145 rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
10146 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10147 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
10148 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10150 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
10151 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10153 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10154 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10157 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10158 loc = htab->srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10159 rel.r_offset = got_address;
10160 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
10162 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10164 if (!h->def_regular)
10165 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10168 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
10171 g = htab->got_info;
10172 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10174 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
10175 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
10178 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
10182 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
10183 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
10184 R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
10185 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
10187 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
10188 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10189 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
10190 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
10191 + sgot->output_offset
10193 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
10194 outrel.r_addend = 0;
10195 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
10198 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10201 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10203 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10205 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10206 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10207 + h->root.u.def.value);
10208 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
10210 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel,
10211 htab->srelbss->contents
10212 + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count
10213 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
10214 ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
10217 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
10218 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
10219 sym->st_value &= ~1;
10224 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
10227 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10230 bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
10231 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10232 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10234 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10235 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10237 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10238 plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
10239 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
10240 plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
10242 plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
10244 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
10245 gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10246 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset);
10247 gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10248 gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
10250 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
10251 not be loaded in two instructions. */
10252 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
10253 || ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
10255 /* Install the PLT header. */
10256 loc = htab->splt->contents;
10257 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
10258 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
10259 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
10260 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10261 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10262 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10263 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
10264 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
10267 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
10268 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
10271 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10273 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10275 bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
10276 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10277 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10279 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10280 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10282 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
10284 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10285 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10286 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10287 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
10289 got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10290 got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
10292 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10293 plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset;
10295 /* Install the PLT header. */
10296 loc = htab->splt->contents;
10297 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
10298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
10299 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
10300 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10301 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10302 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10304 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10305 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10306 rela.r_offset = plt_address;
10307 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10309 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10310 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10312 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
10313 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10314 rela.r_offset += 4;
10315 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10316 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10317 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10319 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10320 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10321 in which symbols were output. */
10322 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10324 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10326 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10327 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
10328 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10329 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10331 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10332 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10333 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10334 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10336 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10337 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10338 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10339 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10343 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
10346 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10349 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10351 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10352 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10354 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
10355 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
10356 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
10357 htab->splt->contents + i * 4);
10360 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
10363 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
10364 struct bfd_link_info *info)
10369 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
10370 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10372 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10373 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10375 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10377 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
10380 gg = htab->got_info;
10382 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10385 int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
10387 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
10388 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
10390 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
10391 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10393 for (b = sdyn->contents;
10394 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
10395 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
10397 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
10401 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
10403 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10404 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
10406 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10412 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
10416 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
10417 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
10421 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
10423 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
10428 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10431 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
10433 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10436 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
10437 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
10440 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
10441 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
10444 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
10448 dyn.d_un.d_val = t;
10452 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
10454 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10457 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
10459 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10462 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
10463 s = output_bfd->sections;
10464 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
10465 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
10468 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
10469 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
10472 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
10473 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
10474 entry of the first external symbol that is not
10475 referenced within the same object. */
10476 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
10479 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
10480 if (gg->global_gotsym)
10482 dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
10485 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
10486 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
10487 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
10489 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
10491 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
10492 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
10493 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
10495 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
10498 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
10499 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
10502 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
10504 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
10505 h = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol;
10508 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
10509 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10512 s = h->root.u.def.section;
10513 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
10514 + h->root.u.def.value);
10518 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
10519 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
10520 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
10521 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
10525 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
10526 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
10528 dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
10532 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10533 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10534 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
10536 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
10540 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10541 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
10545 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10546 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
10547 + htab->srelplt->output_offset);
10551 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
10552 the dynamic tag. */
10553 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
10555 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
10556 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10561 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
10562 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
10563 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
10564 dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
10566 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10570 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10571 if (htab->is_vxworks
10572 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
10577 if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
10578 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
10579 (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
10583 dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
10588 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
10589 if (dyn_skipped > 0)
10590 memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
10593 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0
10594 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
10596 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10598 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
10599 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
10600 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
10601 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
10602 to the lazy resolution stub. */
10603 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
10604 sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
10606 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
10607 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10608 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
10610 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10614 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
10615 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
10616 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
10617 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
10618 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
10619 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10622 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
10623 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
10626 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
10627 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
10629 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
10630 bfd_vma addend = 0;
10632 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
10633 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
10635 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
10637 bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
10638 + g->next->tls_gotno;
10640 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
10641 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10642 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
10644 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10646 if (! info->shared)
10649 while (got_index < g->assigned_gotno)
10651 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
10652 = got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
10653 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10654 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
10655 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
10656 0, &addend, sgot)))
10658 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
10663 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
10664 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
10667 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10670 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
10672 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
10674 for (b = sdyn->contents;
10675 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
10676 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
10678 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
10681 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10682 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
10684 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10690 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
10691 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
10692 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
10693 are trailing null entries. */
10694 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10695 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
10696 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
10697 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
10698 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
10699 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
10700 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
10701 elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size
10706 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10711 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
10718 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
10720 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10722 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
10723 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
10727 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
10729 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
10730 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
10733 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
10734 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
10737 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
10738 if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
10740 file_ptr dummy_offset;
10742 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
10743 dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
10744 memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
10745 htab->function_stub_size);
10750 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
10751 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
10752 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
10753 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
10754 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
10756 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10758 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
10760 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
10762 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10763 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
10764 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
10765 sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
10767 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
10768 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
10769 sort_dynamic_relocs);
10774 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0)
10776 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10779 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
10781 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
10785 BFD_ASSERT (!info->shared);
10786 mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
10793 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
10796 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
10800 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
10803 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
10804 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
10807 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
10808 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
10811 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
10812 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
10815 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
10816 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
10817 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
10818 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
10819 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
10822 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
10823 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
10826 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
10827 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
10830 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
10831 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
10834 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
10835 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
10838 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
10839 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
10842 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
10843 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
10846 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
10847 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
10850 case bfd_mach_mips9000:
10851 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
10854 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
10855 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
10856 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
10857 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
10858 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
10859 case bfd_mach_mips14000:
10860 case bfd_mach_mips16000:
10861 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
10864 case bfd_mach_mips5:
10865 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
10868 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
10869 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E;
10872 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
10873 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F;
10876 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
10877 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
10880 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
10881 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A;
10884 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
10885 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp:
10886 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
10889 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
10890 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
10893 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2:
10894 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2;
10897 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
10898 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
10901 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
10902 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
10905 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
10906 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
10909 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
10910 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
10913 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
10914 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
10919 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
10920 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
10921 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
10924 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
10925 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10928 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
10932 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
10933 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
10934 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
10935 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
10936 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
10938 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
10939 info for each special section. */
10940 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
10941 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
10944 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
10946 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
10947 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
10948 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
10950 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
10953 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
10954 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
10955 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
10956 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
10957 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
10958 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
10959 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
10960 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
10963 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
10964 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
10965 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
10966 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
10967 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
10968 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
10969 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
10970 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
10971 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
10974 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
10975 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
10977 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
10978 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
10980 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
10983 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
10984 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
10985 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
10986 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
10987 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
10988 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
10989 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
10992 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
10993 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
10995 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
10997 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
10998 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11005 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
11009 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
11010 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11015 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
11016 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
11017 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
11020 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
11021 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
11022 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11023 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
11026 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
11027 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
11028 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
11029 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
11032 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
11033 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
11034 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11035 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
11041 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
11044 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
11045 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11048 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
11051 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
11053 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
11054 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
11056 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
11057 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
11062 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11066 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
11068 m->sections[0] = s;
11070 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
11071 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11073 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
11074 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
11082 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
11083 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
11084 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
11086 if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
11087 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
11088 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
11089 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
11091 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
11093 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
11094 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
11099 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
11101 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11103 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
11104 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
11107 if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
11109 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
11110 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11111 options_segment->next = *pm;
11112 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
11113 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
11114 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
11115 options_segment->count = 1;
11116 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
11117 *pm = options_segment;
11123 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
11125 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
11126 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
11127 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
11128 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
11129 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
11131 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
11132 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
11137 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11141 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
11143 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
11148 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
11153 m->sections[0] = s;
11156 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
11157 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11158 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
11168 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
11169 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
11171 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
11173 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
11176 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
11178 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
11179 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
11180 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
11181 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
11182 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
11184 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
11185 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
11188 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
11189 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
11190 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
11191 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
11192 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
11193 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
11194 which might move one of the other sections to a different
11195 PT_LOAD segment. */
11196 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11199 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
11201 static const char *sec_names[] =
11203 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
11207 struct elf_segment_map *n;
11209 low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
11211 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
11213 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
11214 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
11221 if (high < s->vma + sz)
11222 high = s->vma + sz;
11227 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
11228 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
11230 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
11233 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
11234 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11241 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
11243 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
11245 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
11247 n->sections[i] = s;
11256 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
11257 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
11259 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
11260 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
11261 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
11262 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
11263 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
11265 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
11266 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
11267 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
11268 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
11269 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
11272 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
11273 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
11275 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11276 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
11278 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
11279 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
11283 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
11287 m->p_type = PT_NULL;
11295 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
11299 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
11300 struct bfd_link_info *info,
11301 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
11302 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
11303 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
11305 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
11308 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
11310 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
11311 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
11315 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
11318 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
11321 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11322 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11323 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11324 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11327 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
11328 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
11329 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
11330 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
11331 unsigned long r_symndx;
11332 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11334 if (info->relocatable)
11337 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
11338 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
11339 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
11341 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
11342 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
11343 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
11345 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
11346 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
11348 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
11349 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
11350 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
11351 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
11352 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
11353 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
11354 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
11355 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
11356 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
11357 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
11358 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
11359 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
11360 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
11361 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
11362 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
11363 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
11364 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
11365 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
11366 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
11367 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
11378 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
11379 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
11380 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
11381 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
11384 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
11385 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
11386 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
11388 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
11390 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
11392 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
11393 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
11394 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
11395 definition will be against the target symbol. */
11396 if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
11397 dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
11399 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
11402 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
11403 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
11404 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
11405 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
11406 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
11407 if (indmips->fn_stub)
11409 dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
11410 indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
11412 if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
11414 dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
11415 indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
11417 if (indmips->call_stub)
11419 dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
11420 indmips->call_stub = NULL;
11422 if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
11424 dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
11425 indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
11427 if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
11428 dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
11429 if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
11430 indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
11431 if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
11432 dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
11434 if (dirmips->tls_type == 0)
11435 dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type;
11438 #define PDR_SIZE 32
11441 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
11442 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11445 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
11446 unsigned char *tdata;
11449 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
11454 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
11456 if (o->output_section != NULL
11457 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
11460 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
11464 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
11465 info->keep_memory);
11472 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
11473 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
11475 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
11477 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
11486 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
11487 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
11493 if (! info->keep_memory)
11494 free (cookie->rels);
11500 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
11502 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
11508 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
11509 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11510 asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents)
11512 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
11515 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
11518 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
11522 end = contents + sec->size;
11523 for (from = contents, i = 0;
11525 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
11527 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
11530 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
11533 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
11534 sec->output_offset, sec->size);
11538 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
11539 from output by default for clarity. */
11542 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
11544 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, sym->name);
11547 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
11548 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
11550 struct mips_elf_find_line
11552 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
11553 struct ecoff_find_line i;
11557 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
11558 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset,
11559 const char **filename_ptr,
11560 const char **functionname_ptr,
11561 unsigned int *line_ptr)
11565 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11566 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11570 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, dwarf_debug_sections,
11571 section, symbols, offset,
11572 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11573 line_ptr, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
11574 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
11577 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
11580 flagword origflags;
11581 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
11582 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
11583 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
11585 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
11586 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
11587 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
11588 origflags = msec->flags;
11589 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
11590 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
11592 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
11595 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
11598 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
11599 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
11601 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11604 msec->flags = origflags;
11608 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
11610 msec->flags = origflags;
11614 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
11615 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
11616 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
11617 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
11619 msec->flags = origflags;
11622 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
11623 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
11624 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
11625 fraw_end = (fraw_src
11626 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
11627 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
11628 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
11630 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
11632 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
11633 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
11634 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
11635 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
11636 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
11637 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
11640 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
11641 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11644 msec->flags = origflags;
11648 msec->flags = origflags;
11651 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
11653 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11654 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11659 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
11660 const char **filename_ptr,
11661 const char **functionname_ptr,
11662 unsigned int *line_ptr)
11665 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
11666 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
11667 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
11672 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
11673 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
11674 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
11677 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
11678 const void *location,
11679 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
11681 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
11685 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
11687 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
11688 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11689 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
11692 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
11695 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
11698 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
11701 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
11704 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
11708 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
11709 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
11712 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
11714 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
11715 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
11717 bfd_boolean relocatable,
11720 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
11721 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
11722 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
11725 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
11726 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
11729 if (reloc_size < 0)
11732 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
11733 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
11736 /* read in the section */
11737 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
11738 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
11741 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
11745 if (reloc_count < 0)
11748 if (reloc_count > 0)
11753 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
11756 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
11757 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
11758 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
11759 if (abfd && input_bfd
11760 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
11764 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
11765 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
11772 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
11773 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
11774 case bfd_link_hash_common:
11777 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
11778 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
11780 gp = lh->u.def.value;
11782 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
11783 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
11785 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
11787 case bfd_link_hash_new:
11796 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
11798 char *error_message = NULL;
11799 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
11801 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
11802 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
11803 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
11805 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
11806 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
11807 to the generic handling. */
11809 && (*parent)->howto->special_function
11810 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
11811 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
11812 input_section, relocatable,
11815 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
11817 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
11822 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
11824 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
11825 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
11829 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
11833 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
11834 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
11835 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
11836 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE)))
11839 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
11840 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
11841 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
11842 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
11843 (*parent)->address)))
11846 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
11847 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
11849 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
11850 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
11851 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
11854 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
11863 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
11864 free (reloc_vector);
11868 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
11869 free (reloc_vector);
11874 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
11875 asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, int count)
11877 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
11878 unsigned int sec_shndx;
11879 bfd_byte *contents;
11880 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
11881 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
11882 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
11883 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
11884 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
11885 struct elf_link_hash_entry **start_hashes;
11886 unsigned int symcount;
11888 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
11889 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
11891 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
11892 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
11894 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
11895 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
11896 (size_t) (sec->size - addr - count));
11897 sec->size -= count;
11899 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
11900 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
11902 /* Get the new reloc address. */
11903 if (irel->r_offset > addr)
11904 irel->r_offset -= count;
11907 BFD_ASSERT (addr % 2 == 0);
11908 BFD_ASSERT (count % 2 == 0);
11910 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
11911 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
11912 isym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
11913 for (isymend = isym + symtab_hdr->sh_info; isym < isymend; isym++)
11914 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx && isym->st_value > addr)
11915 isym->st_value -= count;
11917 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
11918 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
11919 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
11920 sym_hashes = start_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
11921 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
11923 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
11925 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
11927 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
11928 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
11929 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec)
11931 bfd_vma value = sym_hash->root.u.def.value;
11933 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash->other))
11934 value &= MINUS_TWO;
11936 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
11944 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
11945 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
11947 struct opcode_descriptor {
11948 unsigned long match;
11949 unsigned long mask;
11952 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
11956 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
11958 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
11959 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
11961 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
11963 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
11964 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
11967 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
11969 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32[] = {
11970 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
11971 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
11972 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
11975 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32 =
11976 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
11978 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32 =
11979 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
11981 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32 =
11982 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
11984 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32 =
11985 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
11987 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16 =
11988 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
11990 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16 =
11991 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
11994 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
11996 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
11997 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
11998 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
12000 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
12002 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32[] = {
12003 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
12004 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
12005 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12008 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32[] = {
12009 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12010 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12011 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12014 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32[] = {
12015 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
12016 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
12017 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12020 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16[] = {
12021 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
12022 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
12023 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12026 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
12028 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
12029 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
12030 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
12033 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12035 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16 =
12036 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
12038 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32 =
12039 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12041 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32 =
12042 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
12044 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32 =
12045 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12047 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32 =
12048 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
12050 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12052 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16[] = {
12053 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
12055 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12056 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
12058 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
12059 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
12060 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
12061 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12064 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12066 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32[] = {
12067 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
12069 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12070 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
12071 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12075 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12077 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16 =
12078 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
12080 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32 =
12081 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
12083 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16 =
12084 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
12086 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
12088 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12090 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16[] = {
12091 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
12093 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
12094 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
12095 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
12096 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12100 /* LUI instruction. */
12102 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn =
12103 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
12106 /* ADDIU instruction. */
12108 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn =
12109 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
12111 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn =
12112 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
12114 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
12115 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
12118 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
12120 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
12121 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
12122 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
12123 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12125 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
12126 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
12128 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32[] = {
12129 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
12130 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
12131 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12134 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16 =
12135 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
12138 /* NOP instructions. */
12140 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32 =
12141 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
12143 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16 =
12144 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
12147 /* Instruction match support. */
12149 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
12152 find_match (unsigned long opcode, const struct opcode_descriptor insn[])
12154 unsigned long indx;
12156 for (indx = 0; insn[indx].mask != 0; indx++)
12157 if (MATCH (opcode, insn[indx]))
12164 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
12166 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
12167 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12168 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12169 the second half of another instruction. */
12172 check_br16_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
12174 unsigned long opcode;
12177 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
12178 if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32) != 0)
12179 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12181 else if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd16) != 0
12182 || find_match (opcode, ds_insns_16_bd16) >= 0)
12183 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12186 /* No delay slot. */
12192 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
12193 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12194 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12195 the second half of another instruction. */
12198 check_br32_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
12200 unsigned long opcode;
12203 opcode = (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
12204 if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd32) >= 0)
12205 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12207 else if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd16) >= 0)
12208 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12211 /* No delay slot. */
12217 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
12218 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12221 check_br16 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
12223 unsigned long opcode;
12225 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
12226 if (MATCH (opcode, b_insn_16)
12228 || (MATCH (opcode, jr_insn_16) && reg != JR16_REG (opcode))
12230 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_16) && reg != BZ16_REG (opcode))
12231 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
12232 || (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32)
12234 && reg != JR16_REG (opcode) && reg != RA))
12240 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
12241 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12244 check_br32 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
12246 unsigned long opcode;
12248 opcode = (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
12249 if (MATCH (opcode, j_insn_32)
12251 || MATCH (opcode, bc_insn_32)
12252 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
12253 || (MATCH (opcode, jal_x_insn_32_bd32) && reg != RA)
12255 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_32) && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode))
12256 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
12257 || (MATCH (opcode, bzal_insn_32)
12258 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
12259 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != RA)
12260 || ((MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_32) || MATCH (opcode, beq_insn_32))
12261 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
12262 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != OP32_TREG (opcode)))
12268 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
12269 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
12270 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12273 check_relocated_bzc (bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr, bfd_vma offset,
12274 const Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
12275 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irelend)
12277 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irel;
12278 unsigned long opcode;
12280 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
12282 opcode |= bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
12283 if (find_match (opcode, bzc_insns_32) < 0)
12286 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12287 if (irel->r_offset == offset
12288 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1)
12294 /* Bitsize checking. */
12295 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
12296 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
12297 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
12301 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
12302 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
12303 bfd_boolean *again)
12305 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12306 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
12307 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
12308 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
12309 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
12311 /* Assume nothing changes. */
12314 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
12315 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
12318 if (link_info->relocatable
12319 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
12320 || sec->reloc_count == 0
12321 || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
12324 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12326 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
12327 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
12328 (abfd, sec, (PTR) NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
12329 link_info->keep_memory));
12330 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
12333 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
12334 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
12335 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12337 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
12338 unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
12339 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p;
12340 unsigned long opcode;
12346 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
12347 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
12351 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
12353 if (r_type != R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12354 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12355 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
12358 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
12359 if (contents == NULL)
12361 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
12362 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
12363 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
12364 /* Go get them off disk. */
12365 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
12368 ptr = contents + irel->r_offset;
12370 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
12371 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
12373 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
12374 if (isymbuf == NULL)
12375 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
12376 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
12378 if (isymbuf == NULL)
12382 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
12383 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
12385 /* A local symbol. */
12386 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
12389 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
12390 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
12391 sym_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
12392 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
12393 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
12394 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
12395 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
12397 sym_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
12398 symval = (isym->st_value
12399 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
12400 + sym_sec->output_offset);
12401 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym->st_other);
12405 unsigned long indx;
12406 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
12408 /* An external symbol. */
12409 indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
12410 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
12411 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
12413 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
12414 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
12415 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
12416 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
12417 regular reloc processing. */
12420 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
12421 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
12422 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
12423 target_is_micromips_code_p = (!h->needs_plt
12424 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->other));
12428 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
12429 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
12430 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
12431 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
12432 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
12433 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
12434 the linker is run. */
12436 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
12437 if (irel->r_offset + 4 > sec->size)
12440 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr ) << 16;
12441 opcode |= bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
12443 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
12444 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
12446 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)
12449 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
12450 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
12451 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
12453 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
12455 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
12456 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
12457 out the offset). */
12458 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16 && MATCH (opcode, lui_insn))
12460 bfd_boolean bzc = FALSE;
12461 unsigned long nextopc;
12465 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
12467 if (irel > internal_relocs
12468 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12469 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info) == r_symndx)
12472 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
12473 if (irel + 1 >= irelend
12474 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[1].r_info) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12475 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel[1].r_info) != r_symndx)
12478 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
12479 if (irel + 2 >= irelend
12480 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[2].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12481 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[2].r_info) == r_symndx)
12484 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
12485 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
12486 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
12487 it through if so. */
12488 if (irel->r_offset >= 2
12489 && check_br16_dslot (abfd, ptr - 2)
12490 && !(irel->r_offset >= 4
12491 && (bzc = check_relocated_bzc (abfd,
12492 ptr - 4, irel->r_offset - 4,
12493 internal_relocs, irelend))))
12495 if (irel->r_offset >= 4
12497 && check_br32_dslot (abfd, ptr - 4))
12500 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode);
12502 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
12503 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
12504 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
12505 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
12506 offset = irel[1].r_offset - irel[0].r_offset;
12507 switch (offset - 4)
12512 if (check_br16 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
12516 if (check_br32 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
12523 nextopc = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset ) << 16;
12524 nextopc |= bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset + 2);
12526 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
12528 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc) != reg)
12531 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
12532 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
12533 pcrval = ((pcrval - offset + 3) | 3) ^ 3;
12535 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
12536 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval, 16))
12538 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12539 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16);
12541 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
12542 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
12543 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
12544 nextopc &= ~0x001f0000;
12545 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
12546 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12549 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
12550 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
12551 the PC-relative distance. */
12552 else if (symval % 4 == 0
12553 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval + 4, 25)
12554 && MATCH (nextopc, addiu_insn)
12555 && OP32_TREG (nextopc) == OP32_SREG (nextopc)
12556 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc)))
12558 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12559 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2);
12561 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
12562 nextopc = (addiupc_insn.match
12563 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc)));
12565 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
12566 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12567 bfd_put_16 (abfd, nextopc & 0xffff,
12568 contents + irel[1].r_offset + 2);
12571 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
12575 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12576 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MIPS_NONE);
12578 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
12583 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
12584 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
12585 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
12586 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
12587 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12588 && irel->r_offset + 5 < sec->size
12589 && ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
12590 || (fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0)
12591 && MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 4), nop_insn_16))
12595 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
12597 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
12598 opcode = (bzc_insns_32[fndopc].match
12599 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg)
12600 | (opcode & 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
12602 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (opcode >> 16) & 0xffff, ptr);
12603 bfd_put_16 (abfd, opcode & 0xffff, ptr + 2);
12605 /* Delete the 16-bit delay slot NOP: two bytes from
12606 irel->offset + 4. */
12611 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
12612 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12613 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12614 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 11)
12615 && find_match (opcode, b_insns_32) >= 0)
12617 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12618 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
12620 /* Replace the the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12623 | (opcode & 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
12626 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12631 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
12632 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12633 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12634 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 8)
12635 && (((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
12636 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode)))
12637 || ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0
12638 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode)))))
12642 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
12644 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12645 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
12647 /* Replace the the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12649 (bz_insns_16[fndopc].match
12650 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg)
12651 | (opcode & 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
12654 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12659 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
12660 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
12661 && target_is_micromips_code_p
12662 && irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
12663 && MATCH (opcode, jal_insn_32_bd32))
12665 unsigned long n32opc;
12666 bfd_boolean relaxed = FALSE;
12668 n32opc = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 4) << 16;
12669 n32opc |= bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 6);
12671 if (MATCH (n32opc, nop_insn_32))
12673 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
12674 bfd_put_16 (abfd, nop_insn_16.match, ptr + 4);
12678 else if (find_match (n32opc, move_insns_32) >= 0)
12680 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
12682 (move_insn_16.match
12683 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc))
12684 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc))),
12689 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
12690 instructions will be handled here later. */
12694 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
12695 with 16-bit delay slot. */
12696 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (jal_insn_32_bd16.match >> 16) & 0xffff,
12698 bfd_put_16 (abfd, jal_insn_32_bd16.match & 0xffff,
12701 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
12709 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
12710 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
12711 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
12712 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
12714 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
12715 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec,
12716 irel->r_offset + deloff, delcnt))
12719 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
12720 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
12725 if (isymbuf != NULL
12726 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
12728 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
12732 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12733 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
12737 if (contents != NULL
12738 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
12740 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
12744 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12745 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
12749 if (internal_relocs != NULL
12750 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
12751 free (internal_relocs);
12756 if (isymbuf != NULL
12757 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
12759 if (contents != NULL
12760 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
12762 if (internal_relocs != NULL
12763 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
12764 free (internal_relocs);
12769 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
12771 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
12772 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
12774 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
12775 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
12777 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
12781 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
12782 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
12783 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry),
12791 /* We no longer use this. */
12792 for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++)
12793 ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1;
12795 ret->procedure_count = 0;
12796 ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
12797 ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
12798 ret->rld_symbol = NULL;
12799 ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
12800 ret->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = FALSE;
12801 ret->is_vxworks = FALSE;
12802 ret->small_data_overflow_reported = FALSE;
12803 ret->srelbss = NULL;
12804 ret->sdynbss = NULL;
12805 ret->srelplt = NULL;
12806 ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
12807 ret->sgotplt = NULL;
12809 ret->sstubs = NULL;
12811 ret->got_info = NULL;
12812 ret->plt_header_size = 0;
12813 ret->plt_entry_size = 0;
12814 ret->lazy_stub_count = 0;
12815 ret->function_stub_size = 0;
12816 ret->strampoline = NULL;
12817 ret->la25_stubs = NULL;
12818 ret->add_stub_section = NULL;
12820 return &ret->root.root;
12823 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
12825 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
12826 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
12828 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
12830 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
12833 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
12835 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
12836 htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
12837 htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
12842 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
12843 and copy relocs. */
12846 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
12848 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
12851 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
12852 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
12853 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
12856 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
12859 struct bfd_link_order *p;
12860 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
12861 asection *rtproc_sec;
12862 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
12863 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
12864 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
12865 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
12866 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
12867 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
12868 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
12873 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
12875 static const char * const secname[] =
12877 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
12878 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
12880 static const int sc[] =
12882 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
12883 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
12886 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
12888 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
12889 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
12891 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
12894 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
12896 hti.output_bfd = abfd;
12898 htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
12902 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
12903 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
12905 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
12907 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
12908 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
12909 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
12910 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
12911 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
12912 else if (htab->is_vxworks
12913 && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
12914 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
12915 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
12916 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
12917 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
12918 + h->u.def.section->output_offset
12920 else if (info->relocatable)
12922 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
12924 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
12925 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
12927 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
12930 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
12931 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
12935 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
12936 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
12937 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
12941 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
12943 reginfo_sec = NULL;
12945 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
12946 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
12947 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
12949 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
12951 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
12953 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
12954 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
12955 the information together. */
12956 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
12958 asection *input_section;
12960 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
12963 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
12965 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
12970 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
12971 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
12973 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
12974 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
12977 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
12979 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
12980 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
12981 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
12982 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
12983 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
12985 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
12986 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
12987 finally written out. */
12989 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
12990 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
12991 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
12994 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
12995 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
12997 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
12998 matters, but someday it might). */
12999 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13004 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
13006 struct extsym_info einfo;
13009 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
13010 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13011 the information together. */
13012 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
13013 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
13014 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
13015 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
13016 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
13017 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
13018 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
13019 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
13020 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
13021 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
13022 symhdr->issMax = 0;
13023 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
13024 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
13026 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
13028 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
13029 debug_info structure. */
13031 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
13032 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
13033 debug.external_sym = NULL;
13034 debug.external_opt = NULL;
13035 debug.external_aux = NULL;
13037 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
13038 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
13039 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
13040 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
13042 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
13043 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
13047 esym.cobol_main = 0;
13051 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
13052 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
13053 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
13054 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
13056 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
13058 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
13059 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
13062 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
13063 last = s->vma + s->size;
13066 esym.asym.value = last;
13067 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
13068 secname[i], &esym))
13072 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13074 asection *input_section;
13076 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
13077 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
13081 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13083 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13088 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13089 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13091 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
13093 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
13094 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
13095 want to deal with it. */
13099 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
13100 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
13102 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
13104 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
13105 read in the debugging information and set up an
13106 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
13107 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
13111 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
13112 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
13113 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
13116 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
13117 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
13118 the linker global hash table and save the information
13119 for the output external symbols. */
13120 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
13121 eraw_end = (eraw_src
13122 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
13123 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
13125 eraw_src < eraw_end;
13126 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
13130 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
13132 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
13133 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
13134 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
13135 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
13138 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
13139 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
13140 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
13141 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
13146 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
13147 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
13148 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
13154 /* Free up the information we just read. */
13155 free (input_debug.line);
13156 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
13157 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
13158 free (input_debug.external_sym);
13159 free (input_debug.external_opt);
13160 free (input_debug.external_aux);
13161 free (input_debug.ss);
13162 free (input_debug.ssext);
13163 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
13164 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
13165 free (input_debug.external_ext);
13167 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13168 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13169 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13172 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
13174 /* Create .rtproc section. */
13175 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
13176 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
13178 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
13179 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
13181 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
13184 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
13185 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
13189 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
13195 /* Build the external symbol information. */
13198 einfo.debug = &debug;
13200 einfo.failed = FALSE;
13201 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
13202 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
13206 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
13207 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
13209 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13210 matters, but someday it might). */
13211 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13216 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
13218 const char *subname;
13221 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
13224 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
13225 information describing how the small data area would
13226 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
13227 not used in executables files. */
13228 if (! info->relocatable)
13230 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13232 asection *input_section;
13234 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13236 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13241 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13243 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13244 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13245 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13248 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
13249 currently matters, but someday it might). */
13250 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13252 /* Really remove the section. */
13253 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
13254 --abfd->section_count;
13259 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
13260 uninitialized data. */
13261 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
13262 gptab_data_sec = o;
13263 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
13267 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13268 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
13269 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
13270 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
13274 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
13275 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
13276 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
13277 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
13278 case we must change the name of the output section. */
13279 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13280 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
13282 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
13283 o->name = ".gptab.data";
13285 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
13286 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13287 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
13290 /* Set up the first entry. */
13292 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
13293 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
13296 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
13297 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
13299 /* Combine the input sections. */
13300 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13302 asection *input_section;
13304 bfd_size_type size;
13305 unsigned long last;
13306 bfd_size_type gpentry;
13308 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13310 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13315 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13316 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13318 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
13319 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
13320 sorted by ascending -G value. */
13321 size = input_section->size;
13323 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13325 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
13327 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
13328 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
13334 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
13335 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
13336 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
13342 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
13344 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
13345 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
13348 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
13350 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
13351 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
13353 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
13359 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
13362 /* We need a new table entry. */
13363 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
13364 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
13365 if (new_tab == NULL)
13371 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
13372 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
13374 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
13375 value, since that will be implied by this new
13378 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
13380 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
13382 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
13383 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
13387 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
13388 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
13393 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
13396 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13397 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13398 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13401 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
13403 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
13405 /* Swap out the table. */
13406 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13407 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
13408 if (ext_tab == NULL)
13414 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
13415 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
13418 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13419 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
13421 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13422 matters, but someday it might). */
13423 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13427 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13428 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
13431 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
13433 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
13435 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
13437 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
13438 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
13442 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
13444 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
13445 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
13447 mdebug_sec->filepos))
13450 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
13453 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
13455 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
13456 gptab_data_sec->contents,
13457 0, gptab_data_sec->size))
13461 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
13463 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
13464 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
13465 0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
13469 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
13471 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
13472 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
13474 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
13475 rtproc_sec->contents,
13476 0, rtproc_sec->size))
13484 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13486 struct mips_mach_extension {
13487 unsigned long extension, base;
13491 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13492 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13494 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
13495 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13496 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp },
13497 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp, bfd_mach_mips_octeon },
13498 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
13500 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13501 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13502 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13503 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13504 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13506 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13507 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
13509 /* R10000 extensions. */
13510 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13511 { bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13512 { bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13514 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13515 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13516 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13517 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13518 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13519 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
13520 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
13522 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
13523 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13524 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13525 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13526 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13527 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13529 /* VR4100 extensions. */
13530 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
13531 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
13533 /* MIPS III extensions. */
13534 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13535 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13536 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13537 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13538 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13539 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13540 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13541 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13542 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13544 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
13545 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
13547 /* MIPS II extensions. */
13548 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
13549 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
13551 /* MIPS I extensions. */
13552 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
13553 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
13557 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
13560 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
13564 if (extension == base)
13567 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
13568 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
13571 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
13572 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
13575 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
13576 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
13578 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
13579 if (extension == base)
13587 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
13590 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
13592 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
13593 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
13594 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
13595 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
13596 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
13597 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
13598 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
13602 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
13603 there are conflicting attributes. */
13605 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
13607 obj_attribute *in_attr;
13608 obj_attribute *out_attr;
13610 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
13612 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
13613 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
13615 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
13617 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
13622 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
13623 non-conflicting ones. */
13624 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
13625 out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
13626 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13628 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1;
13629 if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
13630 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
13631 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
13633 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 4)
13635 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), ibfd,
13636 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13637 else if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 4)
13639 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), obfd,
13640 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13642 switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13645 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13649 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
13655 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
13661 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
13671 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13675 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
13681 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
13687 (_("Warning: %B uses -mdouble-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
13697 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13703 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
13713 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13717 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
13723 (_("Warning: %B uses -mdouble-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
13729 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
13743 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
13744 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
13749 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
13750 object file when linking. */
13753 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
13755 flagword old_flags;
13756 flagword new_flags;
13758 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
13761 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
13762 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
13764 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13765 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13770 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
13773 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
13775 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13776 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13781 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
13784 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
13785 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
13786 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
13788 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
13790 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
13791 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
13792 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
13793 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
13795 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
13796 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
13797 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
13798 bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
13800 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
13801 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
13808 /* Check flag compatibility. */
13810 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
13811 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
13813 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
13814 doesn't seem to matter. */
13815 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
13816 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
13818 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
13819 just be able to ignore this. */
13820 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
13821 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
13823 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
13824 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
13825 new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
13827 if (new_flags == old_flags)
13830 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
13831 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
13832 actually cause any incompatibility. */
13833 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
13835 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
13836 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
13837 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
13838 not affect compatibility. */
13839 if ((sec->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) == 0
13840 && strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
13841 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
13843 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
13844 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
13845 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
13847 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
13851 if (null_input_bfd)
13856 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
13857 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
13859 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13860 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
13865 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
13866 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
13867 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
13868 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
13870 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
13871 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
13873 /* Compare the ISAs. */
13874 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
13876 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13877 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
13881 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
13883 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
13884 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
13886 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
13887 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
13888 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
13889 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
13890 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
13891 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
13892 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
13894 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
13895 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
13896 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
13897 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
13898 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
13899 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
13903 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
13904 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13905 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
13907 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
13908 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
13913 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
13914 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
13916 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
13917 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
13918 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
13919 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
13920 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
13922 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
13923 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
13924 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
13925 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
13927 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13928 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
13930 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
13931 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
13934 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
13935 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
13938 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
13939 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
13940 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
13942 int old_micro = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
13943 int new_micro = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
13944 int old_m16 = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
13945 int new_m16 = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
13946 int micro_mis = old_m16 && new_micro;
13947 int m16_mis = old_micro && new_m16;
13949 if (m16_mis || micro_mis)
13951 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13952 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
13954 m16_mis ? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
13955 m16_mis ? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
13959 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
13961 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
13962 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
13965 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
13966 if (new_flags != old_flags)
13968 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13969 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
13970 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
13971 (unsigned long) old_flags);
13977 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
13984 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
13987 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
13989 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
13990 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
13992 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
13993 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
13998 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
14002 default: return "";
14003 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
14004 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
14005 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
14006 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
14007 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
14008 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
14009 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
14010 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
14011 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
14012 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
14013 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
14014 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
14016 return "MIPS_MSYM";
14017 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
14018 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
14019 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
14020 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
14021 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
14022 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
14023 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
14024 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
14025 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
14026 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
14027 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
14028 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
14029 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
14030 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
14031 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
14032 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
14033 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
14034 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
14035 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
14036 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
14037 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
14038 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
14039 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
14040 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
14041 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
14042 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
14043 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
14044 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
14045 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
14046 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
14047 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
14048 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
14049 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
14050 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
14051 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
14052 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
14053 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
14054 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
14055 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
14056 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
14057 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
14058 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
14059 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
14060 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
14061 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
14062 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
14063 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
14064 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
14065 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
14066 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
14067 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
14068 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
14069 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
14070 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
14071 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
14072 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
14073 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
14074 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
14075 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
14076 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
14077 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
14078 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
14079 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
14080 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
14081 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
14082 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
14083 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
14084 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
14085 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
14086 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
14087 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
14088 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
14089 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
14090 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
14091 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
14092 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
14097 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
14101 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
14103 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
14104 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
14106 /* xgettext:c-format */
14107 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
14109 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
14110 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
14111 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
14112 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
14113 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
14114 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
14115 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
14116 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
14117 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
14118 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
14119 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
14120 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
14121 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
14122 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
14124 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
14126 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
14127 fprintf (file, " [mips1]");
14128 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
14129 fprintf (file, " [mips2]");
14130 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
14131 fprintf (file, " [mips3]");
14132 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
14133 fprintf (file, " [mips4]");
14134 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
14135 fprintf (file, " [mips5]");
14136 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
14137 fprintf (file, " [mips32]");
14138 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
14139 fprintf (file, " [mips64]");
14140 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
14141 fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]");
14142 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
14143 fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]");
14145 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
14147 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
14148 fprintf (file, " [mdmx]");
14150 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
14151 fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
14153 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
14154 fprintf (file, " [micromips]");
14156 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
14157 fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
14159 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
14161 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER)
14162 fprintf (file, " [noreorder]");
14164 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
14165 fprintf (file, " [PIC]");
14167 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)
14168 fprintf (file, " [CPIC]");
14170 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT)
14171 fprintf (file, " [XGOT]");
14173 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE)
14174 fprintf (file, " [UCODE]");
14176 fputc ('\n', file);
14181 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
14183 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14184 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14185 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
14186 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14187 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14188 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
14189 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
14192 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
14193 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
14194 definiton of the symbol. */
14196 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
14197 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
14198 bfd_boolean definition,
14199 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14201 if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
14203 unsigned char other;
14205 other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
14206 other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
14207 h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
14211 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
14212 h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
14215 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
14216 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
14218 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
14220 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
14224 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
14226 return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
14227 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
14228 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
14231 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
14232 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
14235 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
14236 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14239 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
14240 + i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
14244 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
14246 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
14247 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
14249 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
14252 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
14253 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
14255 if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
14256 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;